快樂巴利palinanda.cc

長部 · 篇首·義注序論三節

本經目錄義注復注

已對照篇首

義注

已對照篇首

序論

PTS 1.1緬 1.1已對照篇首

[他]心因悲而清涼,以慧燈破除了痴暗;

Karuṇāsītalahadayaṃ, paññāpajjotavihatamohatamaṃ;
已對照篇首

[他是]含人與天之世間的尊重者——我禮敬已解脫諸趣的善逝(sugata)。

Sanarāmaralokagaruṃ, vande sugataṃ gativimuttaṃ.
已對照篇首

佛陀也是既修習了[那法]、又現證了[它],

Buddhopi buddhabhāvaṃ, bhāvetvā ceva sacchikatvā ca;
已對照篇首

才趣得[佛的境界]的——我禮敬那離垢的、無上的法。

Yaṃ upagato gatamalaṃ, vande tamanuttaraṃ dhammaṃ.
已對照篇首

善逝的諸胸生之子,[他們]是破魔軍者——

Sugatassa orasānaṃ, puttānaṃ mārasenamathanānaṃ;
已對照篇首

那八[輩]之聚,我以頭禮敬[之],[即]聖僧團。

Aṭṭhannampi samūhaṃ, sirasā vande ariyasaṅghaṃ.
已對照篇首

如是,由我這心意淨信者[所作]的、由禮敬三寶所成的那份福——

Iti me pasannamatino, ratanattayavandanāmayaṃ puññaṃ;
已對照篇首

願以它的威力,[令我]成為障礙善除者,

Yaṃ suvihatantarāyo, hutvā tassānubhāvena.
已對照篇首

[而]以長篇幅之經所標記的、[義]精微的、殊勝的《長部》(dīghāgama)——

Dīghassa dīghasuttaṅkitassa, nipuṇassa āgamavarassa;
已對照篇首

[即]為佛與隨佛覺者所贊述的、[其]功德能引生淨信的[那部阿含]——

Buddhānubuddhasaṃvaṇṇitassa, saddhāvahaguṇassa.
已對照篇首

為顯明[其]義,最初由諸得自在者(vasī)之百——

Atthappakāsanatthaṃ, aṭṭhakathā ādito vasisatehi;
已對照篇首

[即]五百[位]——所結集、後來也[於第二、第三次結集中]被隨結集的那部義注,

Pañcahi yā saṅgītā, anusaṅgītā ca pacchāpi.
已對照篇首

由得自在者馬哈瑪欣德(Mahāmahinda)帶到了師子洲(Sīhaḷadīpa),

Sīhaḷadīpaṃ pana ābhatātha, vasinā mahāmahindena;
已對照篇首

為諸洲住民的利益,以師子洲語(sīhaḷabhāsā)安立了下來。

Ṭhapitā sīhaḷabhāsāya, dīpavāsīnamatthāya.
緬 1.2已對照篇首

我從那[義注]中除去師子洲語,[而將它]升入悅意之語(manoramā bhāsā)——

Apanetvāna tatohaṃ, sīhaḷabhāsaṃ manoramaṃ bhāsaṃ;
已對照篇首

[升入那]契合聖典(tanti)之法則、離於過失的[語];

Tantinayānucchavikaṃ, āropento vigatadosaṃ.
已對照篇首

[並]不違背諸長老的宗義(samaya)——[他們]是長老世系的明燈、

Samayaṃ avilomento, therānaṃ theravaṃsapadīpānaṃ;
已對照篇首

抉擇極為精微、住於大寺(Mahāvihāra)者;

Sunipuṇavinicchayānaṃ, mahāvihāre nivāsīnaṃ.
已對照篇首

捨去一再重來之義,我將顯明[其]義,

Hitvā punappunāgatamatthaṃ, atthaṃ pakāsayissāmi;
已對照篇首

為令善人歡喜,併為令法久住。

Sujanassa ca tuṭṭhatthaṃ, ciraṭṭhitatthañca dhammassa.
已對照篇首

戒論、頭陀法(dhutadhamma),以及一切業處,

Sīlakathā dhutadhammā, kammaṭṭhānāni ceva sabbāni;
已對照篇首

連同性行(cariyā)之分判,[以及]禪與等至的廣說;

Cariyāvidhānasahito, jhānasamāpattivitthāro.
已對照篇首

以及一切神通(abhiññā),還有慧的合計與抉擇;

Sabbā ca abhiññāyo, paññāsaṅkalananicchayo ceva;
已對照篇首

蘊、界、處、根,以及那四聖[諦]——

Khandhadhātāyatanindriyāni, ariyāni ceva cattāri.
PTS 1.2已對照篇首

[即諸]諦,[與]緣之行相(paccayākāra)的教說,[其]理趣極清淨而精微;

Saccāni paccayākāradesanā, suparisuddhanipuṇanayā;
已對照篇首

不離聖典之道,以及毗婆舍那(vipassanā)的修習——

Avimuttatantimaggā, vipassanā bhāvanā ceva.
已對照篇首

然而這一切,由於已由我在《清淨道論》(Visuddhimagga)中極為清淨地

Iti pana sabbaṃ yasmā, visuddhimagge mayā suparisuddhaṃ;
已對照篇首

說過了,所以在此[義注中]不再多加論究它。

Vuttaṃ tasmā bhiyyo, na taṃ idha vicārayissāmi.
已對照篇首

「此《清淨道論》,正處於四阿含之中央,

‘‘Majjhe visuddhimaggo, esa catunnampi āgamānañhi;
已對照篇首

[它]將住[於其中]而顯明那裡如所說之義。」

Ṭhatvā pakāsayissati, tattha yathā bhāsitaṃ atthaṃ’’.
已對照篇首

[《清淨道論》]正是這樣造成的,所以你們應把它也取來,連同這部

Icceva kato tasmā, tampi gahetvāna saddhimetāya;
已對照篇首

義注[《吉祥悅意》(Sumaṅgalavilāsinī)]一起,了知依於《長部》之義。

Aṭṭhakathāya vijānatha, dīghāgamanissitaṃ atthanti.
Nidānakathā
已對照篇首

因緣論

緬 1.3已對照篇首

此中,所謂《長部》(dīghāgama)者:就品而言,[它]是戒蘊品、大品、波梨品[這]三品;就經而言,[是]三十四部經的合集。在它的諸品中,戒蘊品為首;在諸經中,《梵網[經]》[為首]。而《梵網經》也是以尊者阿難在第一次大結集時所說的「如是我聞」等[語]為首的因緣(nidāna)。

Tattha dīghāgamo nāma sīlakkhandhavaggo, mahāvaggo, pāthikavaggoti vaggato tivaggo hoti; suttato catuttiṃsasuttasaṅgaho. Tassa vaggesu sīlakkhandhavaggo ādi, suttesu brahmajālaṃ. Brahmajālassāpi ‘‘evaṃ me suta’’ntiādikaṃ āyasmatā ānandena paṭhamamahāsaṅgītikāle vuttaṃ nidānamādi.
Paṭhamamahāsaṅgītikathā
已對照篇首

第一次大結集論

PTS 1.3已對照篇首

而這名為「第一次大結集」的[結集],雖已編入律藏的聖典(tanti),但為[令於]因緣(nidāna)[得]善巧故,於此處也應如是了知。因為,從轉法輪起、直到調伏遊方者(paribbājaka)須跋陀[為止]、佛所作事已作畢的世間怙主世尊,於拘屍那羅、優婆跋多那末羅人的娑羅林中、雙娑羅樹之間,在毗舍佉月的滿月日拂曉時分以無餘涅槃界般涅槃之後——於世尊舍利分配之日,作為那已聚集的七十萬比丘之僧團上座的具壽大迦葉,憶念起世尊般涅槃第七日時年老出家者須跋陀所說的那番話——「夠了,賢友們,不要愁,不要悲!我們已經從那位大沙門[的管束]中徹底解脫了。我們一向被壓迫著:『這對你們是許可的,這對你們是不許可的。』而如今,我們想做什麼就做什麼,不想做什麼就不做什麼。」(《小品》437)——又想到這樣的僧團集會以後難得,[便思惟:]「而存在這樣的情況:惡比丘們認為『教語(pāvacana)已是導師已逝[而無師]的』,得了黨羽,不久便令正法隱沒;而只要法與律住立著,教語便不是導師已逝的。而這是世尊所說的——

Paṭhamamahāsaṅgīti nāma cesā kiñcāpi vinayapiṭake tantimārūḷhā, nidānakosallatthaṃ pana idhāpi evaṃ veditabbā. Dhammacakkappavattanañhi ādiṃ katvā yāva subhaddaparibbājakavinayanā katabuddhakicce, kusinārāyaṃ upavattane mallānaṃ sālavane yamakasālānamantare visākhapuṇṇamadivase paccūsasamaye anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbute bhagavati lokanāthe, bhagavato dhātubhājanadivase sannipatitānaṃ sattannaṃ bhikkhusatasahassānaṃ saṅghatthero āyasmā mahākassapo sattāhaparinibbute bhagavati subhaddena vuḍḍhapabbajitena – ‘‘alaṃ, āvuso, mā socittha, mā paridevittha, sumuttā mayaṃ tena mahāsamaṇena, upaddutā ca homa – ‘idaṃ vo kappati, idaṃ vo na kappatī’ti, idāni pana mayaṃ yaṃ icchissāma, taṃ karissāma, yaṃ na icchissāma na taṃ karissāmā’’ti (cūḷava. 437) vuttavacanamanussaranto, īdisassa ca saṅghasannipātassa puna dullabhabhāvaṃ maññamāno, ‘‘ṭhānaṃ kho panetaṃ vijjati, yaṃ pāpabhikkhū ‘atītasatthukaṃ pāvacana’nti maññamānā pakkhaṃ labhitvā nacirasseva saddhammaṃ antaradhāpeyyuṃ, yāva ca dhammavinayo tiṭṭhati, tāva anatītasatthukameva pāvacanaṃ hoti. Vuttañhetaṃ bhagavatā –
已對照篇首

『阿難,我為你們所教說、所制定的法與律,在我去世之後就是你們的導師。』(《長部》2.216)

‘Yo vo, ānanda, mayā dhammo ca vinayo ca desito paññatto, so vo mamaccayena satthā’ti (dī. ni. 2.216).
已對照篇首

『我何不結集法與律,令這教法堪於經久、長久住立呢?』

‘Yaṃnūnāhaṃ dhammañca vinayañca saṅgāyeyyaṃ, yathayidaṃ sāsanaṃ addhaniyaṃ assa ciraṭṭhitikaṃ’.
已對照篇首

又,我之所以被世尊——

Yañcāhaṃ bhagavatā –
已對照篇首

『迦葉,你願受用我這已穿舊的麻糞掃衣嗎?』(《相應部》2.154)——[世尊]這樣說了之後,[便]以於衣上與[他]自己共同受用[而攝受我];[又說]——

‘Dhāressasi pana me tvaṃ, kassapa, sāṇāni paṃsukūlāni nibbasanānī’ti (saṃ. ni. 2.154) vatvā cīvare sādhāraṇaparibhogena.
緬 1.4已對照篇首

『諸比丘,我只要願意,便離諸欲,離諸不善法,有尋、有伺,離生喜、樂,成就並住於初禪;諸比丘,迦葉也只要願意,便離諸欲,離諸不善法,有尋、有伺,離生喜、樂,成就並住於初禪。』(《相應部》2.152)

‘Ahaṃ, bhikkhave, yāvadeva ākaṅkhāmi vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṃ savicāraṃ vivekajaṃ pītisukhaṃ paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharāmi; kassapopi, bhikkhave, yāvadeva, ākaṅkhati vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṃ savicāraṃ vivekajaṃ pītisukhaṃ paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharatī’ti (saṃ. ni. 2.152).
已對照篇首

[我]以如此等方式,在以九次第住與六神通為別的上人法上,被[世尊]安立為與自己同等而受攝受;同樣,[世尊]在空中揮手,以[我]心不粘著之性、又以月喻之行道而[對我]加以稱讚——那麼,對那[恩德],除了[結集法與律],還有什麼別的償債(āṇaṇya)呢?世尊豈不是如國王以授予自己的鎧甲與主權[而待]那住持自己家系的兒子一般,思量『這[人]將是我正法世系的住持者』,才以這不共[他人]的攝受來攝受我,又以這樣崇高的稱讚來稱讚我嗎?」——如是思惟,[大迦葉]便為結集法與律而於諸比丘中生起了熱忱。正如[聖典]所說——

Evamādinā nayena navānupubbavihārachaḷabhiññāppabhede uttarimanussadhamme attanā samasamaṭṭhapanena ca anuggahito, tathā ākāse pāṇiṃ cāletvā alaggacittatāya ceva candopamapaṭipadāya ca pasaṃsito, tassa kimaññaṃ āṇaṇyaṃ bhavissati. Nanu maṃ bhagavā rājā viya sakakavacaissariyānuppadānena attano kulavaṃsappatiṭṭhāpakaṃ puttaṃ ‘saddhammavaṃsappatiṭṭhāpako me ayaṃ bhavissatī’ti, mantvā iminā asādhāraṇena anuggahena anuggahesi, imāya ca uḷārāya pasaṃsāya pasaṃsīti cintayanto dhammavinayasaṅgāyanatthaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ ussāhaṃ janesi. Yathāha –
已對照篇首

「於是,具壽大迦葉告諸比丘言——『賢友們,我有一次從波婆前往拘屍那羅,與約五百位比丘組成的大比丘僧團一起行於長途之道』」(《小品》437)——整個〈須跋陀品〉都應依詳說而知。而它的義,我們將唯在《大般涅槃[經]》末尾[它]所來之處講說。

‘‘Atha kho āyasmā mahākassapo bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘ekamidāhaṃ, āvuso, samayaṃ pāvāya kusināraṃ addhānamaggappaṭipanno mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ pañcamattehi bhikkhusatehī’’ti (cūḷava. 437) sabbaṃ subhaddakaṇḍaṃ vitthārato veditabbaṃ. Atthaṃ panassa mahāparinibbānāvasāne āgataṭṭhāneyeva kathayissāma.
已對照篇首

此後,[即]在那生起熱忱之後,[他]說——

Tato paraṃ āha –
PTS 1.4已對照篇首

「來吧,賢友們,我們[且]結集法與律,趁非法尚未熾盛、法尚未被排拒;趁非律尚未熾盛、律尚未被排拒;趁說非法者尚未有力、說法者尚未羸弱,趁說非律者尚未有力、說律者尚未羸弱。」(《小品》437)

‘‘Handa mayaṃ, āvuso, dhammañca vinayañca saṅgāyāma, pure adhammo dippati, dhammo paṭibāhiyyati; pure avinayo dippati, vinayo paṭibāhiyyati; pure adhammavādino balavanto honti, dhammavādino dubbalā honti, pure avinayavādino balavanto honti, vinayavādino dubbalā hontī’’ti (cūḷava. 437).
緬 1.5已對照篇首

諸比丘說——「那麼,尊者,請長老挑選比丘。」而長老撇開了持整個九分導師教說之教理(pariyatti)的凡夫、須陀洹、斯陀含、阿那含以及純觀行的漏盡[者]比丘數百、數千位,唯攝取了持三藏一切教理諸分、已得諸無礙解、有大威力、大多已為世尊立為第一、以三明等為別的漏盡比丘——[共]差一位便滿五百。正就他們而說了這[語]——「於是,具壽大迦葉挑選了差一[位滿]五百的阿羅漢。」(《小品》437)

Bhikkhū āhaṃsu – ‘‘tena hi, bhante, thero bhikkhū uccinatū’’ti. Thero pana sakalanavaṅgasatthusāsanapariyattidhare puthujjanasotāpannasakadāgāmianāgāmi sukkhavipassaka khīṇāsavabhikkhū anekasate, anekasahasse ca vajjetvā tipiṭakasabbapariyattippabhedadhare paṭisambhidāppatte mahānubhāve yebhuyyena bhagavato etadaggaṃ āropite tevijjādibhede khīṇāsavabhikkhūyeva ekūnapañcasate pariggahesi. Ye sandhāya idaṃ vuttaṃ – ‘‘atha kho āyasmā mahākassapo ekenūnāni pañca arahantasatāni uccinī’’ti (cūḷava. 437).
已對照篇首

[設難:]那麼,長老為何作成差一位呢?——[答:]是為了給具壽阿難長老作機會(okāsa)。因為有這位尊者也好、沒有他也好,[都]不能作法的結集。因為這位尊者是有學、尚有應作之事,所以「有他也不能」。而因為十力[者]所教說的經(sutta)、應頌(geyya)等,沒有一樣對他是非親見的[——由於於他是熟練現行的]。正如[聖典]所說——

Kissa pana thero ekenūnamakāsīti? Āyasmato ānandattherassa okāsakaraṇatthaṃ. Tenahāyasmatā sahāpi, vināpi, na sakkā dhammasaṅgītiṃ kātuṃ. So hāyasmā sekkho sakaraṇīyo, tasmā sahāpi na sakkā. Yasmā panassa kiñci dasabaladesitaṃ suttageyyādikaṃ appaccakkhaṃ nāma natthi. Yathāha –
已對照篇首

「八萬二千[法]我從佛[處]領受,二千[法]從比丘[處領受];

‘‘Dvāsīti buddhato gaṇhiṃ, dve sahassāni bhikkhuto;
已對照篇首

[共]八萬四千[法蘊],是我所熟練的諸法。」(《長老偈》1027)

Caturāsīti sahassāni, ye me dhammā pavattino’’ti. (theragā. 1027);
已對照篇首

所以,沒有他[也]不能[作]。

Tasmā vināpi na sakkā.
PTS 1.5已對照篇首

[設難:]若是這樣,[阿難]縱然是有學,由於於法的結集大有助益,本應被長老挑選,那為何沒有被挑選呢?——[答:]是由於要避開他人的非議。因為長老對具壽阿難極為親近無隔;正因如此,即使在[阿難]頭上已生白髮之後,[他]仍以「孩子」之語教誡他:「這孩子真不知分量(mattā,[即]限度)啊!」(《相應部》2.154)而這位尊者出身釋迦族,是如來的[從]弟、[即]叔父之子。於此,有些比丘會以為這如同隨欲而行(chandā āgamana,[即]徇私),便可能非議說:「長老撇下許多已得無礙解的無學比丘,卻挑選了[僅]得無礙解而尚是有學的阿難。」[長老]為避開那他人的非議,[便想]:「沒有阿難,法的結集是作不成的;我要正以諸比丘的認可來取他。」於是[自己]沒有挑選[他]。

Yadi evaṃ sekkhopi samāno dhammasaṅgītiyā bahukārattā therena uccinitabbo assa, atha kasmā na uccinitoti? Parūpavādavivajjanato. Thero hi āyasmante ānande ativiya vissattho ahosi, tathā hi naṃ sirasmiṃ palitesu jātesupi ‘na vāyaṃ kumārako mattamaññāsī’ti, (saṃ. ni. 2.154) kumārakavādena ovadati. Sakyakulappasuto cāyasmā tathāgatassa bhātā cūḷapituputto. Tattha keci bhikkhū chandāgamanaṃ viya maññamānā – ‘‘bahū asekkhapaṭisambhidāppatte bhikkhū ṭhapetvā ānandaṃ sekkhapaṭisambhidāppattaṃ thero uccinī’’ti upavadeyyuṃ. Taṃ parūpavādaṃ parivajjento, ‘ānandaṃ vinā dhammasaṅgītiṃ na sakkā kātuṃ, bhikkhūnaṃyeva naṃ anumatiyā gahessāmī’ti na uccini.
已對照篇首

於是,諸比丘自己為阿難[之故]向長老請求了。正如[聖典]所說——

Atha sayameva bhikkhū ānandassatthāya theraṃ yāciṃsu. Yathāha –
緬 1.6已對照篇首

「諸比丘對具壽大迦葉這樣說——『尊者,這位具壽阿難雖然是有學,[卻]不可能因欲、因瞋、因痴、因怖畏而趣於非處,而且他在世尊座下已學得(pariyatta,[即]已修學)許多法與律;所以,尊者,請長老也挑選具壽阿難。』於是,具壽大迦葉也挑選了具壽阿難。」(《小品》437)

‘‘Bhikkhū āyasmantaṃ mahākassapaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘ayaṃ, bhante, āyasmā ānando kiñcāpi sekkho abhabbo chandā dosā mohā bhayā agatiṃ gantuṃ, bahu cānena bhagavato santike dhammo ca vinayo ca pariyatto, tena hi, bhante, thero āyasmantampi ānandaṃ uccinatū’ti. Atha kho āyasmā mahākassapo āyasmantampi ānandaṃ uccinī’’ti (cūḷava. 437).
已對照篇首

如是,連同那位由諸比丘的認可而被挑選的尊者,[共]成五百位長老。

Evaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ anumatiyā uccinitena tenāyasmatā saddhiṃ pañcatherasatāni ahesuṃ.
已對照篇首

於是,諸長老比丘心中生起了這[念]——「我們究竟應在何處結集法與律呢?」諸長老比丘心中[又]生起了這[念]——「王舍城乞食處(gocara)廣大、臥坐處眾多;我們何不在王舍城住雨安居而結集法與律,[並]不讓其他比丘在王舍城入雨安居呢?」(《小品》437)

Atha kho therānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘kattha nu kho mayaṃ dhammañca vinayañca saṅgāyeyyāmā’’ti? Atha kho therānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘rājagahaṃ kho mahāgocaraṃ pahūtasenāsanaṃ, yaṃnūna mayaṃ rājagahe vassaṃ vasantā dhammañca vinayañca saṅgāyeyyāma, na aññe bhikkhū rājagahe vassaṃ upagaccheyyu’’nti (cūḷava. 437).
已對照篇首

那麼,他們為何生起了那[念]呢?——[因為想到:]「這是我們的堅牢之業(thāvarakamma);[萬一]有某個異分之人(visabhāgapuggala,[即]如須跋陀那樣的人)進入僧團之中而把它翻覆(ukkoṭeyya)掉[便不好了]。」於是具壽大迦葉以白二羯磨之業白告——

Kasmā pana nesaṃ etadahosi? ‘‘Idaṃ pana amhākaṃ thāvarakammaṃ, koci visabhāgapuggalo saṅghamajjhaṃ pavisitvā ukkoṭeyyā’’ti. Athāyasmā mahākassapo ñattidutiyena kammena sāvesi –
已對照篇首

「賢友們,請僧團聽我說:若僧團時機已至,願僧團認可這五百位比丘在王舍城住雨安居而結集法與律,[並]不讓其他比丘在王舍城住雨安居。」此是白(ñatti)。

‘‘Suṇātu me, āvuso saṅgho, yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ saṅgho imāni pañca bhikkhusatāni sammanneyya rājagahe vassaṃ vasantāni dhammañca vinayañca saṅgāyituṃ, na aññehi bhikkhūhi rājagahe vassaṃ vasitabba’’nti. Esā ñatti.
PTS 1.6已對照篇首

「賢友們,請僧團聽我說:僧團認可這五百位比丘在王舍城住雨安居而結集法與律,[並]不讓其他比丘在王舍城住雨安居。凡忍可這五百位比丘的認可——[即認可他們]在王舍城住雨安居而結集法與律,[並]不讓其他比丘在王舍城住雨安居——的尊者,他便沉默;凡不忍可者,他便說出來。」

‘‘Suṇātu me, āvuso saṅgho, saṅgho imāni pañcabhikkhusatāni sammanna’’ti ‘rājagahe vassaṃ vasantāni dhammañca vinayañca saṅgāyituṃ, na aññehi bhikkhūhi rājagahe vassaṃ vasitabbanti. Yassāyasmato khamati imesaṃ pañcannaṃ bhikkhusatānaṃ sammuti’ rājagahe vassaṃ vasantānaṃ dhammañca vinayañca saṅgāyituṃ, na aññehi bhikkhūhi rājagahe vassaṃ vasitabbanti, so tuṇhassa; yassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya.
已對照篇首

「這五百位比丘已為僧團所認可——[即]在王舍城住雨安居而結集法與律,[並]不讓其他比丘在王舍城住雨安居。僧團忍可,所以[僧團]沉默;我如是持此[事]。」(《小品》438)

‘‘Sammatāni saṅghena imāni pañcabhikkhusatāni rājagahe vassaṃ vasantāni dhammañca vinayañca saṅgāyituṃ, na aññehi bhikkhūhi rājagahe vassaṃ vasitabbanti, khamati saṅghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evametaṃ dhārayāmī’’ti (cūḷava. 438).
緬 1.7已對照篇首

而這羯磨語(kammavācā)是在如來般涅槃後的第二十一日所作的。因為世尊是在毗舍佉(visākha)滿月日的黎明時分般涅槃的,此後[人們]以香、花鬘等供養了他那金色之身七日;如是[這]七日便名為善慶之戲(sādhukīḷana)之日。此後七日[遺體]在柴堆上為火所燃;[又]七日作了矛欄(sattipañjara),在議事堂(sandhāgārasālā)中作了舍利供養——如是過去了二十一日。正是在揭他母拉月(jeṭṭhamūla)白分第五日,[人們]分配了諸舍利。就在這分舍利之日,向那已集會的大比丘僧團告白了年老出家者須跋陀所作的非行(anācāra),並正以前述的方式挑選了諸比丘,[於是]作了這羯磨語。

Ayaṃ pana kammavācā tathāgatassa parinibbānato ekavīsatime divase katā. Bhagavā hi visākhapuṇṇamāyaṃ paccūsasamaye parinibbuto, athassa sattāhaṃ suvaṇṇavaṇṇaṃ sarīraṃ gandhamālādīhi pūjayiṃsu. Evaṃ sattāhaṃ sādhukīḷanadivasā nāma ahesuṃ. Tato sattāhaṃ citakāya agginā jhāyi, sattāhaṃ sattipañjaraṃ katvā sandhāgārasālāyaṃ dhātupūjaṃ kariṃsūti, ekavīsati divasā gatā. Jeṭṭhamūlasukkapakkhapañcamiyaṃyeva dhātuyo bhājayiṃsu. Etasmiṃ dhātubhājanadivase sannipatitassa mahābhikkhusaṅghassa subhaddena vuḍḍhapabbajitena kataṃ anācāraṃ ārocetvā vuttanayeneva ca bhikkhū uccinitvā ayaṃ kammavācā katā.
已對照篇首

而作了這羯磨語之後,長老告諸比丘——「賢友們,如今已為你們作了四十日的機會;此後便不得說『我有名為某某的障礙(palibodha)』。所以在這期間,凡有病的障礙、或阿闍梨與戒師的障礙、或父母的障礙,或有缽要燻炙、衣要作的,[他]便斷了那障礙而作那應作之事。」

Imañca pana kammavācaṃ katvā thero bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘āvuso, idāni tumhākaṃ cattālīsa divasā okāso kato, tato paraṃ ‘ayaṃ nāma no palibodho atthī’ti, vattuṃ na labbhā, tasmā etthantare yassa rogapalibodho vā ācariyupajjhāyapalibodho vā mātāpitupalibodho vā atthi, pattaṃ vā pana pacitabbaṃ, cīvaraṃ vā kātabbaṃ, so taṃ palibodhaṃ chinditvā taṃ karaṇīyaṃ karotū’’ti.
已對照篇首

而長老這樣說了之後,便為自己五百[人]之眾所圍繞,前往王舍城。其餘諸大長老也各自帶了自己的隨眾,想要安慰為愁箭所刺中(sokasallasamappita)的大眾,[便]向各方而去了。而富樓那長老帶著七百比丘的隨眾,[心想]「我要安慰那來到如來般涅槃之處的大眾」,便正留在拘屍那羅。

Evañca pana vatvā thero attano pañcasatāya parisāya parivuto rājagahaṃ gato. Aññepi mahātherā attano attano parivāre gahetvā sokasallasamappitaṃ mahājanaṃ assāsetukāmā taṃ taṃ disaṃ pakkantā. Puṇṇatthero pana sattasatabhikkhuparivāro ‘tathāgatassa parinibbānaṭṭhānaṃ āgatāgataṃ mahājanaṃ assāsessāmī’ti kusinārāyaṃyeva aṭṭhāsi.
PTS 1.7緬 1.8已對照篇首

具壽阿難正如從前[世尊]未般涅槃時[那樣],[世尊]般涅槃之後也一樣親自取了世尊的缽與衣,與五百位比丘一同向舍衛城遊行而去。而在他一路行去時,隨從的諸比丘超越了計數之路。因此這位尊者所到之處,都有大悲嘆。而長老漸次到達舍衛城時,舍衛城的居民們聽說「長老來了」,便手持香、花鬘等前來迎接,說著「尊者阿難,從前您與世尊一同前來,今日您把世尊安置在何處而[獨自]來了呢」等[語]而哭泣。[那時]有大悲嘆,就如佛陀世尊般涅槃之日一般。

Āyasmā ānando yathā pubbe aparinibbutassa, evaṃ parinibbutassāpi bhagavato sayameva pattacīvaramādāya pañcahi bhikkhusatehi saddhiṃ yena sāvatthi tena cārikaṃ pakkāmi. Gacchato gacchato panassa parivārā bhikkhū gaṇanapathaṃ vītivattā. Tenāyasmatā gatagataṭṭhāne mahāparidevo ahosi. Anupubbena pana sāvatthimanuppatte there sāvatthivāsino manussā ‘‘thero kira āgato’’ti sutvā gandhamālādihatthā paccuggantvā – ‘‘bhante, ānanda, pubbe bhagavatā saddhiṃ āgacchatha, ajja kuhiṃ bhagavantaṃ ṭhapetvā āgatatthā’’tiādīni vadamānā parodiṃsu. Buddhassa bhagavato parinibbānadivase viya mahāparidevo ahosi.
已對照篇首

於此,具壽阿難以與無常等相應的法語(dhammī kathā)使那大眾瞭解[之後],進入祇樹林,禮敬了十力[者]曾住的香室,開了門,把床座搬出來拍打,掃了香室,拋掉枯萎的花鬘與垃圾,[再]把床座搬進來、仍安放於原處,作了世尊在世時所應作的一切義務。而在作[這些]時,於浴室的清掃、備水等諸時節,[他]都禮敬香室——[因為它是]受用塔(paribhogacetiya)——並以「世尊,這不正是您沐浴的時候嗎,這是[您]說法的時候,這是[您]給諸比丘教誡的時候,這是[您]作獅子臥的時候,這是[您]洗面的時候」等方式,正悲嘆著而作;就如任何一個具上述性質者[所會那樣]——[即]由於味知世尊功德之聚的甘露而愛敬確立、又尚未漏盡(akhīṇāsava)、並在無數十萬生中由彼此相助而生起了心之柔軟者[那樣]。於是有某位天神使他生起悚懼——「尊者阿難,您這樣悲嘆,[又]怎能安慰他人呢?」他因那[天神]之語而心生悚懼,[便]自持而立;為調養那自如來般涅槃以來因多站多坐而致諸界過盛(ussannadhātuka,[即]病素積集)的身體,[他]在第二日飲了乳瀉藥(khīravirecana)而正坐在精舍中。就此,[他]對須婆青年所派來的青年說了這[語]——

Tatra sudaṃ āyasmā ānando aniccatādipaṭisaṃyuttāya dhammiyākathāya taṃ mahājanaṃ saññāpetvā jetavanaṃ pavisitvā dasabalena vasitagandhakuṭiṃ vanditvā dvāraṃ vivaritvā mañcapīṭhaṃ nīharitvā papphoṭetvā gandhakuṭiṃ sammajjitvā milātamālākacavaraṃ chaḍḍetvā mañcapīṭhaṃ atiharitvā puna yathāṭhāne ṭhapetvā bhagavato ṭhitakāle karaṇīyaṃ vattaṃ sabbamakāsi. Kurumāno ca nhānakoṭṭhakasammajjanaudakupaṭṭhāpanādikālesu gandhakuṭiṃ vanditvā – ‘‘nanu bhagavā, ayaṃ tumhākaṃ nhānakālo, ayaṃ dhammadesanākālo, ayaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ ovādadānakālo, ayaṃ sīhaseyyakappanakālo, ayaṃ mukhadhovanakālo’’tiādinā nayena paridevamānova akāsi, yathā taṃ bhagavato guṇagaṇāmatarasaññutāya patiṭṭhitapemo ceva akhīṇāsavo ca anekesu ca jātisatasahassesu aññamaññassūpakārasañjanitacittamaddavo. Tamenaṃ aññatarā devatā – ‘‘bhante, ānanda, tumhe evaṃ paridevamānā kathaṃ aññe assāsessathā’’ti saṃvejesi. So tassā vacanena saṃviggahadayo santhambhitvā tathāgatassa parinibbānato pabhuti ṭhānanisajjabahulattā ussannadhātukaṃ kāyaṃ samassāsetuṃ dutiyadivase khīravirecanaṃ pivitvā vihāreyeva nisīdi. Yaṃ sandhāya subhena māṇavena pahitaṃ māṇavakaṃ etadavoca –
已對照篇首

「青年,現在不是時候。我今天服了少量的藥。取時與機[而定],或許明天我們也會前往。」(《長部》1.447)

‘‘Akālo, kho māṇavaka, atthi me ajja bhesajjamattā pītā, appeva nāma svepi upasaṅkameyyāmā’’ti (dī. ni. 1.447).
已對照篇首

[他]在第二日以徹迦長老(Cetaka)為隨從沙門而前往,為須婆青年所問,便宣說了這《長部》中名為《須婆經》的第十部經。

Dutiyadivase cetakattherena pacchāsamaṇena gantvā subhena māṇavena puṭṭho imasmiṃ dīghanikāye subhasuttaṃ nāma dasamaṃ suttaṃ abhāsi.
PTS 1.8緬 1.9已對照篇首

此後,阿難長老在祇樹林大寺令[人]作了破損殘缺的修補,在雨安居的入期(vassūpanāyikā)臨近時,舍下比丘僧團而前往王舍城;其餘諸結集法者比丘也是這樣。因為[他們]正是這樣前往的,[聖典]便就他們而說了這[語]——「於是,諸長老比丘為結集法與律而前往王舍城。」(《小品》438)他們在阿沙荼(āsāḷhī)滿月日行了布薩,於初一日集會而入了雨安居。

Atha ānandatthero jetavanamahāvihāre khaṇḍaphullappaṭisaṅkharaṇaṃ kārāpetvā upakaṭṭhāya vassūpanāyikāya bhikkhusaṅghaṃ ohāya rājagahaṃ gato tathā aññepi dhammasaṅgāhakā bhikkhūti. Evañhi gate, te sandhāya ca idaṃ vuttaṃ – ‘‘atha kho therā bhikkhū rājagahaṃ agamaṃsu, dhammañca vinayañca saṅgāyitu’’nti (cūḷava. 438). Te āsaḷhīpuṇṇamāyaṃ uposathaṃ katvā pāṭipadadivase sannipatitvā vassaṃ upagacchiṃsu.
已對照篇首

而在那時,環繞王舍城有十八座大寺,它們全都成了被棄置、傾頹、汙穢的[樣子]。因為在世尊般涅槃時,一切比丘都各自取了自己的缽與衣,棄下諸精舍與諸院落(pariveṇa)而去了。在那裡作共住規約(katikavatta)的諸長老,為供敬世尊之語、又為免脫外道之論,[便]心想:「我們第一個月先作破損殘缺的修補。」因為諸外道可能會這樣說——「沙門喬達摩的弟子們,正當導師在世時[才]照料諸精舍,[導師]般涅槃了便棄置[不顧];諸家族的大財遍舍就要毀壞了。」所說的意思是:[諸長老]是為了免脫他們的[這種]論說而如是心想的。而這樣心想之後,[他們]便作了共住規約。就此而說了——

Tena kho pana samayena rājagahaṃ parivāretvā aṭṭhārasa mahāvihārā honti, te sabbepi chaḍḍitapatitauklāpā ahesuṃ. Bhagavato hi parinibbāne sabbepi bhikkhū attano attano pattacīvaramādāya vihāre ca pariveṇe ca chaḍḍetvā agamaṃsu. Tattha katikavattaṃ kurumānā therā bhagavato vacanapūjanatthaṃ titthiyavādaparimocanatthañca – ‘paṭhamaṃ māsaṃ khaṇḍaphullappaṭisaṅkharaṇaṃ karomā’ti cintesuṃ. Titthiyā hi evaṃ vadeyyuṃ – ‘‘samaṇassa gotamassa sāvakā satthari ṭhiteyeva vihāre paṭijaggiṃsu, parinibbute chaḍḍesuṃ, kulānaṃ mahādhanapariccāgo vinassatī’’ti. Tesañca vādaparimocanatthaṃ cintesunti vuttaṃ hoti. Evaṃ cintayitvā ca pana katikavattaṃ kariṃsu. Yaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ –
已對照篇首

「於是,諸長老比丘生起了這樣的[念頭]——『賢友們,世尊曾稱讚破損殘缺的修補;來吧,賢友們,我們第一個月作破損殘缺的修補,中間的一個月會集而結集法與律。』」(《小品》438)

‘‘Atha kho therānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ etadahosi – bhagavatā, kho āvuso, khaṇḍaphullappaṭisaṅkharaṇaṃ vaṇṇitaṃ, handa mayaṃ, āvuso, paṭhamaṃ māsaṃ khaṇḍaphullappaṭisaṅkharaṇaṃ karoma, majjhimaṃ māsaṃ sannipatitvā dhammañca vinayañca saṅgāyissāmā’’ti (cūḷava. 438).
PTS 1.9緬 1.10已對照篇首

他們第二天去了,站在王門口。國王來了,禮敬之後問[有無]自己所應作之事——「尊者們,[你們]來是為何事?」諸長老為十八座大寺(mahāvihāra)的修繕而告知[須有]手工之勞(hatthakamma)。國王給了作手工之勞的人。諸長老在第一個月令人把一切寺院都修繕完畢,便稟告國王——「大王,寺院的修繕已完成,如今我們要作法與律的結集了。」「善哉,尊者們,請安心地作。願威令之輪(āṇācakka)屬於我,而法輪屬於你們。尊者們,請吩咐,我該作什麼?」「大王,[請備]作結集的諸比丘的集坐之處。」「尊者,我該在何處作呢?」「大王,宜在韋跋拉山(Vebhāra)側、七葉窟(Sattapaṇṇiguhā)門前作。」「善哉,尊者。」阿闍世王[如此應諾],便令人建造了一座棚(maṇḍapa)——[它]如毗首羯磨(Vissakamma)所造一般,牆壁、柱與階梯善加分佈,以種種花飾之作與藤飾之作而斑斕,彷彿壓過王宮的繁盛,彷彿嘲笑天宮的吉祥,猶如吉祥的住處,又猶如天與人的眼之飛鳥們唯一降落的渡口,猶如把世間的可樂[之物]聚集於一處、應見的精髓之精粹;[他又]以垂掛著種種花鬘、[華彩]流瀉而下的美妙天篷,又以彷彿以種種寶而斑斕的摩尼鋪砌之地面一般、以種種花的供獻而斑斕且極為完善的地面之作,把它莊嚴得如梵天宮一般;在那大棚中為五百比丘鋪設了五百件無價的許可敷具(kappiyapaccattharaṇa),依著南側鋪設了面向北的長老之座,在棚中央鋪設了面向東、堪作佛世尊之座的法座,又於此處放置了鑲嵌象牙的扇,然後令人告知比丘僧團——「尊者們,我的事已完成。」

Te dutiyadivase gantvā rājadvāre aṭṭhaṃsu. Rājā āgantvā vanditvā – ‘‘kiṃ bhante, āgatatthā’’ti attanā kattabbakiccaṃ pucchi. Therā aṭṭhārasa mahāvihārapaṭisaṅkharaṇatthāya hatthakammaṃ paṭivedesuṃ. Rājā hatthakammakārake manusse adāsi. Therā paṭhamaṃ māsaṃ sabbavihāre paṭisaṅkharāpetvā rañño ārocesuṃ – ‘‘niṭṭhitaṃ, mahārāja, vihārapaṭisaṅkharaṇaṃ, idāni dhammavinayasaṅgahaṃ karomā’’ti. ‘‘Sādhu bhante visaṭṭhā karotha, mayhaṃ āṇācakkaṃ, tumhākañca dhammacakkaṃ hotu, āṇāpetha, bhante, kiṃ karomī’’ti. ‘‘Saṅgahaṃ karontānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ sannisajjaṭṭhānaṃ mahārājā’’ti. ‘‘Kattha karomi, bhante’’ti? ‘‘Vebhārapabbatapasse sattapaṇṇi guhādvāre kātuṃ yuttaṃ mahārājā’’ti. ‘‘Sādhu, bhante’’ti kho rājā ajātasattu vissakammunā nimmitasadisaṃ suvibhattabhittithambhasopānaṃ, nānāvidhamālākammalatākammavicittaṃ, abhibhavantamiva rājabhavanavibhūtiṃ, avahasantamiva devavimānasiriṃ, siriyā niketanamiva ekanipātatitthamiva ca devamanussanayanavihaṃgānaṃ, lokarāmaṇeyyakamiva sampiṇḍitaṃ daṭṭhabbasāramaṇḍaṃ maṇḍapaṃ kārāpetvā vividhakusumadāmolambakaviniggalantacāruvitānaṃ nānāratanavicittamaṇikoṭṭimatalamiva ca, naṃ nānāpupphūpahāravicittasupariniṭṭhitabhūmikammaṃ brahmavimānasadisaṃ alaṅkaritvā, tasmiṃ mahāmaṇḍape pañcasatānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ anagghāni pañca kappiyapaccattharaṇasatāni paññapetvā, dakkhiṇabhāgaṃ nissāya uttarābhimukhaṃ therāsanaṃ, maṇḍapamajjhe puratthābhimukhaṃ buddhassa bhagavato āsanārahaṃ dhammāsanaṃ paññapetvā, dantakhacitaṃ bījaniñcettha ṭhapetvā, bhikkhusaṅghassa ārocāpesi – ‘‘niṭṭhitaṃ, bhante, mama kicca’’nti.
已對照篇首

而就在那一天,有些比丘針對具壽阿難這樣說——「在這比丘僧團中,有一位比丘散發著腥氣(vissagandha)而遊行。」長老聽了那[話,心想:]在這比丘僧團中並沒有別的散發腥氣而遊行的比丘;「他們說的一定是就我而言」,[於是]生起了悚懼。還有些人竟就這樣對他說——「阿難賢友,明天集會;而你是有學、尚有應作之事的[人],因此你不宜去參加集會,[你]要不放逸。」

Tasmiñca pana divase ekacce bhikkhū āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ sandhāya evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘imasmiṃ bhikkhusaṅghe eko bhikkhu vissagandhaṃ vāyanto vicaratī’’ti. Thero taṃ sutvā imasmiṃ bhikkhusaṅghe añño vissagandhaṃ vāyanto vicaraṇakabhikkhu nāma natthi. Addhā ete maṃ sandhāya vadantīti saṃvegaṃ āpajji. Ekacce naṃ āhaṃsuyeva – ‘‘sve āvuso, ānanda, sannipāto, tvañca sekkho sakaraṇīyo, tena te na yuttaṃ sannipātaṃ gantuṃ, appamatto hohī’’ti.
PTS 1.10緬 1.11已對照篇首

於是具壽阿難[想]:「明天集會;我身為有學而去參加集會,這對我實不適宜」,便以身至念度過了夜裡的大半;在夜的破曉時分從經行[道]下來,進入住處,[想]「我要躺下了」而傾下身來——兩足已離地,而頭尚未及枕,就在這中間,[他的]心由不執取而從諸漏解脫。原來這位具壽在外以經行度過[長夜],未能生起殊勝[之證],便思量——「世尊不是曾對我說過這[話]嗎——『阿難,你已作福,努力精勤吧,你很快就會成為無漏者。』(《長部》2.207)而諸佛[之語]並無語過;只是我的精進過度發勤,因此我的心轉向掉舉。來吧,我要調勻精進。」於是從經行[道]下來,站在洗足之處洗了足,進入住處,坐在小床上,[想]「我要稍事休息」,便把身體傾靠在小床上。兩足已離地,頭尚未及枕,就在這中間,[他的]心由不執取而從諸漏解脫——長老的阿羅漢[果]是離四威儀(catuiriyāpatha)的。因此,若有人問「在此教法中,不臥、不坐、不立、不經行而證得阿羅漢[果]的是哪位比丘?」,[便]該答「阿難長老」。

Atha kho āyasmā ānando – ‘sve sannipāto, na kho metaṃ patirūpaṃ yvāhaṃ sekkho samāno sannipātaṃ gaccheyya’nti, bahudeva rattiṃ kāyagatāya satiyā vītināmetvā rattiyā paccūsasamaye caṅkamā orohitvā vihāraṃ pavisitvā ‘‘nipajjissāmī’’ti kāyaṃ āvajjesi, dve pādā bhūmito muttā, apattañca sīsaṃ bimbohanaṃ, etasmiṃ antare anupādāya āsavehi cittaṃ vimucci. Ayañhi āyasmā caṅkamena bahi vītināmetvā visesaṃ nibbattetuṃ asakkonto cintesi – ‘‘nanu maṃ bhagavā etadavoca – ‘katapuññosi tvaṃ, ānanda, padhānamanuyuñja, khippaṃ hohisi anāsavo’ti (dī. ni. 2.207). Buddhānañca kathādoso nāma natthi, mama pana accāraddhaṃ vīriyaṃ, tena me cittaṃ uddhaccāya saṃvattati. Handāhaṃ vīriyasamataṃ yojemī’’ti, caṅkamā orohitvā pādadhovanaṭṭhāne ṭhatvā pāde dhovitvā vihāraṃ pavisitvā mañcake nisīditvā, ‘‘thokaṃ vissamissāmī’’ti kāyaṃ mañcake apanāmesi. Dve pādā bhūmito muttā, sīsaṃ bimbohanamappattaṃ, etasmiṃ antare anupādāya āsavehi cittaṃ vimuttaṃ, catuiriyāpathavirahitaṃ therassa arahattaṃ. Tena ‘‘imasmiṃ sāsane anipanno anisinno aṭṭhito acaṅkamanto ko bhikkhu arahattaṃ patto’’ti vutte ‘‘ānandatthero’’ti vattuṃ vaṭṭati.
PTS 1.11已對照篇首

於是諸長老比丘在第二天、黑分第五日,飯食之事已作畢,收好衣缽,集會於法堂。這時具壽阿難已成阿羅漢,[方]前往集會。[他]是怎樣去的呢?[他]心懷歡喜滿意——「如今我配得進入集會之中了」——偏袒一肩,彷彿從蒂上脫落的多羅果(tālapakka),彷彿置於黃毛毯(paṇḍukambala)上的真生摩尼(jātimaṇi),彷彿於無雲之空升起的滿月,又彷彿因晨陽之觸而開放、花蕊因花粉而赤黃的蓮花——以清淨、淨白、有光、有吉祥的殊勝容顏,彷彿在宣告自己已證得阿羅漢[果]一般而去。於是具壽大迦葉見了他,生起這樣的[念頭]——「啊,證得阿羅漢[果]的阿難真是光耀!倘若導師尚在,今日一定會給阿難『善哉』;來吧,如今就由我來給與導師本應給與的『善哉』。」便三度給與了「善哉」。

Atha therā bhikkhū dutiyadivase pañcamiyaṃ kāḷapakkhassa katabhattakiccā pattacīvaraṃ paṭisāmetvā dhammasabhāyaṃ sannipatiṃsu. Atha kho āyasmā ānando arahā samāno sannipātaṃ agamāsi. Kathaṃ agamāsi? ‘‘Idānimhi sannipātamajjhaṃ pavisanāraho’’ti haṭṭhatuṭṭhacitto ekaṃsaṃ cīvaraṃ katvā bandhanā muttatālapakkaṃ viya, paṇḍukambale nikkhittajātimaṇi viya, vigatavalāhake nabhe samuggatapuṇṇacando viya, bālātapasamphassavikasitareṇupiñjaragabbhaṃ padumaṃ viya ca, parisuddhena pariyodātena sappabhena sassirīkena ca mukhavarena attano arahattappattiṃ ārocayamāno viya agamāsi. Atha naṃ disvā āyasmato mahākassapassa etadahosi – ‘‘sobhati vata bho arahattappatto ānando, sace satthā dhareyya, addhā ajjānandassa sādhukāraṃ dadeyya, handa, dānissāhaṃ satthārā dātabbaṃ sādhukāraṃ dadāmī’’ti, tikkhattuṃ sādhukāramadāsi.
已對照篇首

而中部誦者們則說——「阿難長老想讓[人]知道自己已證得阿羅漢[果],[便]沒有與諸比丘一同前來;諸比丘依長幼次第各自坐上自己所得之座,留出阿難長老的座位而坐。那時有些[人]這樣說——『這座位是誰的?』『阿難的。』『可是阿難去了何處?』就在那時,長老思量——『如今是我該去的時候了。』於是[他]為顯示自己的威力(ānubhāva),潛入地中,就在自己的座上現出了自身。」也有[人]說[他]是乘空而去而坐的。無論如此[或]如彼[都可]。總之,見了那[情形]而具壽大迦葉給與「善哉」,正是應當的。

Majjhimabhāṇakā pana vadanti – ‘‘ānandatthero attano arahattappattiṃ ñāpetukāmo bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ nāgato, bhikkhū yathāvuḍḍhaṃ attano attano pattāsane nisīdantā ānandattherassa āsanaṃ ṭhapetvā nisinnā. Tattha keci evamāhaṃsu – ‘etaṃ āsanaṃ kassā’ti? ‘Ānandassā’ti. ‘Ānando pana kuhiṃ gato’ti? Tasmiṃ samaye thero cintesi – ‘idāni mayhaṃ gamanakālo’ti. Tato attano ānubhāvaṃ dassento pathaviyaṃ nimujjitvā attano āsaneyeva attānaṃ dassesī’’ti, ākāsena gantvā nisīdītipi eke. Yathā vā tathā vā hotu. Sabbathāpi taṃ disvā āyasmato mahākassapassa sādhukāradānaṃ yuttameva.
緬 1.12已對照篇首

而在那位具壽這樣到來之後,大迦葉長老告諸比丘——「賢友們,我們先結集什麼?法呢,還是律?」諸比丘說——「尊者大迦葉,律乃佛教(buddhasāsana)之壽命。律住立時,教法便名為住立。所以我們先結集律。」「以誰為擔(dhura)呢?」「具壽優波離。」「難道阿難不能[任]嗎?」「不,並非不能。然而正等正覺者在世時,便依律的教理(vinayapariyatti)把具壽優波離立於最上[之位]——『諸比丘,我的比丘弟子諸持律者之中,這是最上的,即:優波離。』(《增支部》1.228)所以我們要問優波離長老而結集律。」

Evaṃ āgate pana tasmiṃ āyasmante mahākassapatthero bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘āvuso, kiṃ paṭhamaṃ saṅgāyāma, dhammaṃ vā vinayaṃ vā’’ti? Bhikkhū āhaṃsu – ‘‘bhante, mahākassapa, vinayo nāma buddhasāsanassa āyu. Vinaye ṭhite sāsanaṃ ṭhitaṃ nāma hoti. Tasmā paṭhamaṃ vinayaṃ saṅgāyāmā’’ti. ‘‘Kaṃ dhuraṃ katvā’’ti? ‘‘Āyasmantaṃ upāli’’nti. ‘‘Kiṃ ānando nappahotī’’ti? ‘‘No nappahoti’’. Api ca kho pana sammāsambuddho dharamānoyeva vinayapariyattiṃ nissāya āyasmantaṃ upāliṃ etadagge ṭhapesi – ‘‘etadaggaṃ, bhikkhave, mama sāvakānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ vinayadharānaṃ yadidaṃ upālī’’ti (a. ni. 1.228). ‘Tasmā upālittheraṃ pucchitvā vinayaṃ saṅgāyāmā’ti.
已對照篇首

於是長老為了詢問律,自己就選任(sammannati)了自己;優波離長老也為了解答而選任了[自己]。此中,這是[其]聖典[之文]——那時,具壽大迦葉向僧團白告——

Tato thero vinayaṃ pucchanatthāya attanāva attānaṃ sammanni. Upālittheropi vissajjanatthāya sammanni. Tatrāyaṃ pāḷi – atha kho āyasmā mahākassapo saṅghaṃ ñāpesi –
已對照篇首

「賢友們,請僧團聽我說:若僧團時機已至,

‘‘Suṇātu me, āvuso, saṅgho, yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ,
已對照篇首

我想向優波離詢問律。」

Ahaṃ upāliṃ vinayaṃ puccheyya’’nti.
已對照篇首

具壽優波離也向僧團白告——

Āyasmāpi upāli saṅghaṃ ñāpesi –
已對照篇首

「尊者們,請僧團聽我說:若僧團時機已至,

‘‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho, yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ,
已對照篇首

我願解答具壽大迦葉所問的律。」(《小品》439)

Ahaṃ āyasmatā mahākassapena vinayaṃ puṭṭho vissajjeyya’’nti. (cūḷava. 439);
PTS 1.12已對照篇首

如是選任了自己之後,具壽優波離從座而起,偏袒一肩,禮敬諸長老比丘,取過鑲嵌象牙的扇子,坐上法座;於是大迦葉長老坐上長老之座,向具壽優波離詢問律。「賢友優波離,第一條波羅夷是在何處制定的?」「尊者,在毘舍離(Vesālī)。」「是因誰[而制]?」「是因迦蘭陀子須提那(Sudinna Kalandaputta)[而制]。」「是在什麼事上?」「在淫慾法上。」

Evaṃ attānaṃ sammannitvā āyasmā upāli uṭṭhāyāsanā ekaṃsaṃ cīvaraṃ katvā there bhikkhū vanditvā dhammāsane nisīdi dantakhacitaṃ bījaniṃ gahetvā, tato mahākassapatthero therāsane nisīditvā āyasmantaṃ upāliṃ vinayaṃ pucchi. ‘‘Paṭhamaṃ āvuso, upāli, pārājikaṃ kattha paññatta’’nti? ‘‘Vesāliyaṃ, bhante’’ti. ‘‘Kaṃ ārabbhā’’ti? ‘‘Sudinnaṃ kalandaputtaṃ ārabbhā’’ti. ‘‘Kismiṃ vatthusmi’’nti? ‘‘Methunadhamme’’ti.
已對照篇首

「於是,具壽大迦葉向具壽優波離既詢問了第一條波羅夷的事,也詢問了因緣,也詢問了人,也詢問了制戒(paññatti),也詢問了隨制(anupaññatti),也詢問了罪(āpatti),也詢問了無罪(anāpatti)。」(《小品》439)凡所被問,具壽優波離便一一解答。

‘‘Atha kho āyasmā mahākassapo āyasmantaṃ upāliṃ paṭhamassa pārājikassa vatthumpi pucchi, nidānampi pucchi, puggalampi pucchi, paññattimpi pucchi, anupaññattimpi pucchi, āpattimpi pucchi, anāpattimpi pucchi’’ (cūḷava. 439). Puṭṭho puṭṭho āyasmā upāli vissajjesi.
緬 1.13已對照篇首

[設難:]那麼,在這第一條波羅夷[的聖典文句]中,有沒有什麼應除去的或應加入的呢?——[答:]沒有應除去的。因為在佛世尊所說[之語]中,並沒有所謂應除去的[東西]。因為諸如來連一個文字也不會無義地說。然而在諸弟子或諸天神所說[之語]中,則也有應除去的[東西],那[部分]結集法的諸長老便除去了。至於應加入的,則在一切處都有;所以凡在何處適合加入什麼,他們便正在那裡加入了。那麼,那[應加入的]是什麼呢?即「爾時」、或「而於爾時」、或「於是」、或「這樣說時」、或「說了此[語]」等等,僅是這類連接之語而已。而如是加入了適合加入的[語]之後,[他們]便安立說:「這是第一條波羅夷。」第一條波羅夷被編入結集之後,五百位阿羅漢便依所編入結集的方式而作合誦——「爾時,佛世尊住在毗蘭若(Verañjā)。」就在他們開始誦習之時,大地便如同發出善哉之聲一般,以水為邊際而震動了。

Kiṃ panettha paṭhamapārājike kiñci apanetabbaṃ vā pakkhipitabbaṃ vā atthi natthīti? Apanetabbaṃ natthi. Buddhassa hi bhagavato bhāsite apanetabbaṃ nāma natthi. Na hi tathāgatā ekabyañjanampi niratthakaṃ vadanti. Sāvakānaṃ pana devatānaṃ vā bhāsite apanetabbampi hoti, taṃ dhammasaṅgāhakattherā apanayiṃsu. Pakkhipitabbaṃ pana sabbatthāpi atthi, tasmā yaṃ yattha pakkhipituṃ yuttaṃ, taṃ pakkhipiṃsuyeva. Kiṃ pana tanti? ‘Tena samayenā’ti vā, ‘tena kho pana samayenā’ti vā, ‘atha khoti vā’, ‘evaṃ vutteti’ vā, ‘etadavocā’ti vā, evamādikaṃ sambandhavacanamattaṃ. Evaṃ pakkhipitabbayuttaṃ pakkhipitvā pana – ‘‘idaṃ paṭhamapārājika’’nti ṭhapesuṃ. Paṭhamapārājike saṅgahamārūḷhe pañca arahantasatāni saṅgahaṃ āropitanayeneva gaṇasajjhāyamakaṃsu – ‘‘tena samayena buddho bhagavā verañjāyaṃ viharatī’’ti. Tesaṃ sajjhāyāraddhakāleyeva sādhukāraṃ dadamānā viya mahāpathavī udakapariyantaṃ katvā akampittha.
PTS 1.13已對照篇首

以這同一方式把其餘三條波羅夷編入結集之後,[他們]安立說:「這是〈波羅夷篇〉。」把十三條僧殘安立為「十三法(terasaka)」;把兩條學處安立為「不定法(aniyata)」;把三十條學處安立為「尼薩耆波逸提(nissaggiya pācittiya)」;把九十二條學處安立為「波逸提」;把四條學處安立為「波羅提提舍尼(pāṭidesanīya)」;把七十五條學處安立為「眾學法(sekhiya)」;把七種法安立為「滅諍(adhikaraṇasamatha)」。如是,把[共]二百二十七條學處稱為「大分別」而安立了。在《大分別》末尾,大地也依先前的方式而震動了。

Eteneva nayena sesāni tīṇi pārājikāni saṅgahaṃ āropetvā ‘‘idaṃ pārājikakaṇḍa’’nti ṭhapesuṃ. Terasa saṅghādisesāni ‘‘terasaka’’nti ṭhapesuṃ. Dve sikkhāpadāni ‘‘aniyatānī’’ti ṭhapesuṃ. Tiṃsa sikkhāpadāni ‘‘nissaggiyāni pācittiyānī’’ti ṭhapesuṃ. Dvenavuti sikkhāpadāni ‘‘pācittiyānī’’ti ṭhapesuṃ. Cattāri sikkhāpadāni ‘‘pāṭidesanīyānī’’ti ṭhapesuṃ. Pañcasattati sikkhāpadāni ‘‘sekhiyānī’’ti ṭhapesuṃ. Satta dhamme ‘‘adhikaraṇasamathā’’ti ṭhapesuṃ. Evaṃ sattavīsādhikāni dve sikkhāpadasatāni ‘‘mahāvibhaṅgo’’ti kittetvā ṭhapesuṃ. Mahāvibhaṅgāvasānepi purimanayeneva mahāpathavī akampittha.
已對照篇首

接著,在〈比丘尼分別〉中把八條學處安立為「這名為〈波羅夷篇〉」;把十七條學處安立為「十七法(sattarasaka)」;把三十條學處安立為「尼薩耆波逸提」;把一百六十六條學處安立為「波逸提」;把八條學處安立為「波羅提提舍尼」;把七十五條學處安立為「眾學法」;把七種法安立為「滅諍」。如是,把三百零四條學處稱為「比丘尼分別」,[並]安立說:「這名為〈二部分別〉,[共]六十四誦分。」在《二部分別》末尾,也依所說的方式而有大地震動。

Tato bhikkhunīvibhaṅge aṭṭha sikkhāpadāni ‘‘pārājikakaṇḍaṃ nāma ida’’nti ṭhapesuṃ. Sattarasa sikkhāpadāni ‘‘sattarasaka’’nti ṭhapesuṃ. Tiṃsa sikkhāpadāni ‘‘nissaggiyāni pācittiyānī’’ti ṭhapesuṃ. Chasaṭṭhisatasikkhāpadāni ‘‘pācittiyānī’’ti ṭhapesuṃ. Aṭṭha sikkhāpadāni ‘‘pāṭidesanīyānī’’ti ṭhapesuṃ. Pañcasattati sikkhāpadāni ‘‘sekhiyānī’’ti ṭhapesuṃ. Satta dhamme ‘‘adhikaraṇasamathā’’ti ṭhapesuṃ. Evaṃ tīṇi sikkhāpadasatāni cattāri ca sikkhāpadāni ‘‘bhikkhunīvibhaṅgo’’ti kittetvā – ‘‘ayaṃ ubhato vibhaṅgo nāma catusaṭṭhibhāṇavāro’’ti ṭhapesuṃ. Ubhatovibhaṅgāvasānepi vuttanayeneva mahāpathavikampo ahosi.
緬 1.14已對照篇首

以這同一方法把[篇幅]量為八十誦分的《犍度》與量為二十五誦分的《附隨》編入結集之後,[他們]安立說:「這名為律藏。」在律藏末尾,也依所說的方式而有大地震動。[他們]把它交付具壽優波離——「賢友,請把這[律藏]教你的諸依止弟子誦習。」在律藏的結集完畢時,優波離長老放下鑲嵌象牙的扇子,從法座下來,禮敬諸長老比丘,便坐在自己所得之座上。

Etenevupāyena asītibhāṇavāraparimāṇaṃ khandhakaṃ, pañcavīsatibhāṇavāraparimāṇaṃ parivārañca saṅgahaṃ āropetvā ‘‘idaṃ vinayapiṭakaṃ nāmā’’ti ṭhapesuṃ. Vinayapiṭakāvasānepi vuttanayeneva mahāpathavikampo ahosi. Taṃ āyasmantaṃ upāliṃ paṭicchāpesuṃ – ‘‘āvuso, imaṃ tuyhaṃ nissitake vācehī’’ti. Vinayapiṭakasaṅgahāvasāne upālitthero dantakhacitaṃ bījaniṃ nikkhipitvā dhammāsanā orohitvā there bhikkhū vanditvā attano pattāsane nisīdi.
已對照篇首

結集了律之後,想要結集法的具壽大迦葉問諸比丘——「在結集法時,應以哪一個人為擔當(dhura,[即]主導)而結集法呢?」諸比丘說——「以阿難長老為擔當。」

Vinayaṃ saṅgāyitvā dhammaṃ saṅgāyitukāmo āyasmā mahākassapo bhikkhū pucchi – ‘‘dhammaṃ saṅgāyante hi kaṃ puggalaṃ dhuraṃ katvā dhammo saṅgāyitabbo’’ti? Bhikkhū – ‘‘ānandattheraṃ dhuraṃ katvā’’ti āhaṃsu.
已對照篇首

於是,具壽大迦葉向僧團白告——

Atha kho āyasmā mahākassapo saṅghaṃ ñāpesi –
PTS 1.14已對照篇首

「賢友們,請僧團聽我說:若僧團時機已至,

‘‘Suṇātu me, āvuso, saṅgho, yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ,
已對照篇首

我想向阿難詢問法。」

Ahaṃ ānandaṃ dhammaṃ puccheyya’’nti;
已對照篇首

於是,具壽阿難向僧團白告——

Atha kho āyasmā ānando saṅghaṃ ñāpesi –
已對照篇首

「尊者們,請僧團聽我說:若僧團時機已至,

‘‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho, yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ,
已對照篇首

我願解答具壽大迦葉所問的法。」

Ahaṃ āyasmatā mahākassapena dhammaṃ puṭṭho vissajjeyya’’nti;
已對照篇首

於是,具壽阿難從座而起,偏袒一肩,禮敬諸長老比丘,取過鑲嵌象牙的扇子,坐上法座。於是,具壽大迦葉問諸比丘——「賢友們,我們先結集哪一藏?」「尊者,經藏。」「經藏中有四種結集(saṅgīti),其中先結集哪一種結集?」「尊者,長部結集。」「長部結集中有三十四部經、三品,其中先結集哪一品?」「尊者,〈戒蘊品〉。」「〈戒蘊品〉中有十三部經,其中先結集哪一部經?」「尊者,[有一部]名為《梵網經》[的]——[它]以三種戒莊嚴,摧毀詭詐、虛談等種種邪命,解開六十二種見之網,震動一萬世界;我們就先結集它。」

Atha kho āyasmā ānando uṭṭhāyāsanā ekaṃsaṃ cīvaraṃ katvā there bhikkhū vanditvā dhammāsane nisīdi dantakhacitaṃ bījaniṃ gahetvā. Atha kho āyasmā mahākassapo bhikkhū pucchi – ‘‘kataraṃ, āvuso, piṭakaṃ paṭhamaṃ saṅgāyāmā’’ti? ‘‘Suttantapiṭakaṃ, bhante’’ti. ‘‘Suttantapiṭake catasso saṅgītiyo, tāsu paṭhamaṃ kataraṃ saṅgīti’’nti? ‘‘Dīghasaṅgītiṃ, bhante’’ti. ‘‘Dīghasaṅgītiyaṃ catutiṃsa suttāni, tayo vaggā, tesu paṭhamaṃ kataraṃ vagga’’nti? ‘‘Sīlakkhandhavaggaṃ, bhante’’ti. ‘‘Sīlakkhandhavagge terasa suttantā, tesu paṭhamaṃ kataraṃ sutta’’nti? ‘‘Brahmajālasuttaṃ nāma bhante, tividhasīlālaṅkataṃ, nānāvidhamicchājīvakuha lapanādividdhaṃsanaṃ, dvāsaṭṭhidiṭṭhijālaviniveṭhanaṃ, dasasahassilokadhātukampanaṃ, taṃ paṭhamaṃ saṅgāyāmā’’ti.
緬 1.15已對照篇首

於是,具壽大迦葉對具壽阿難這樣說——「賢友阿難,《梵網[經]》是在何處所說的?」「尊者,在王舍城與那爛陀之間,[即]庵婆羅提迦的王家客舍。」「是因誰[而說]?」「是因遊方者善念(Suppiya)與青年梵授(Brahmadatta)。」「是在什麼事上?」「在稱讚與毀謗(vaṇṇāvaṇṇa)[之事]上。」於是,具壽大迦葉向具壽阿難既詢問了《梵網經》的因緣,也詢問了人,也詢問了事(《小品》440)。具壽阿難便解答了。在解答完畢時,五百位阿羅漢作了合誦;也依所說的方式而有大地震動。

Atha kho āyasmā mahākassapo āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ etadavoca, ‘‘brahmajālaṃ, āvuso ānanda, kattha bhāsita’’nti? ‘‘Antarā ca, bhante, rājagahaṃ antarā ca nāḷandaṃ rājāgārake ambalaṭṭhikāya’’nti. ‘‘Kaṃ ārabbhā’’ti? ‘‘Suppiyañca paribbājakaṃ, brahmadattañca māṇava’’nti. ‘‘Kismiṃ vatthusmi’’nti? ‘‘Vaṇṇāvaṇṇe’’ti. Atha kho āyasmā mahākassapo āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ brahmajālassa nidānampi pucchi, puggalampi pucchi, vatthumpi pucchi (cūḷava. 440). Āyasmā ānando vissajjesi. Vissajjanāvasāne pañca arahantasatāni gaṇasajjhāyamakaṃsu. Vuttanayeneva ca pathavikampo ahosi.
已對照篇首

如是結集了《梵網[經]》之後,此後又以「賢友阿難,《沙門果[經]》又是在何處所說」等方式,依問答的次第,連同《梵網[經]》把全部十三部經都結集起來,[然後]稱說「此名為《戒蘊品》」而加以安立。

Evaṃ brahmajālaṃ saṅgāyitvā tato paraṃ ‘‘sāmaññaphalaṃ, panāvuso ānanda, kattha bhāsita’’ntiādinā nayena pucchāvissajjanānukkamena saddhiṃ brahmajālena sabbepi terasa suttante saṅgāyitvā – ‘‘ayaṃ sīlakkhandhavaggo nāmā’’ti kittetvā ṭhapesuṃ.
PTS 1.15已對照篇首

接著是《大品》,接著是《波梨品》——如是把彙集為三品的、以三十四部經莊嚴的、[共]六十四誦分之量的聖典(tanti)結集之後,說「此名為《長部》」,[便]交付給具壽阿難:「賢友,此[部]你要為你的依止者們教誦。」

Tadanantaraṃ mahāvaggaṃ, tadanantaraṃ pāthikavagganti, evaṃ tivaggasaṅgahaṃ catutiṃsasuttapaṭimaṇḍitaṃ catusaṭṭhibhāṇavāraparimāṇaṃ tantiṃ saṅgāyitvā ‘‘ayaṃ dīghanikāyo nāmā’’ti vatvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ paṭicchāpesuṃ – ‘‘āvuso, imaṃ tuyhaṃ nissitake vācehī’’ti.
已對照篇首

此後,結集了[共]八十誦分之量的《中部》,交付給法將舍利弗長老的依止者們:「此[部]你們要護持。」

Tato anantaraṃ asītibhāṇavāraparimāṇaṃ majjhimanikāyaṃ saṅgāyitvā dhammasenāpatisāriputtattherassa nissitake paṭicchāpesuṃ – ‘‘imaṃ tumhe pariharathā’’ti.
已對照篇首

此後,結集了[共]一百誦分之量的《相應部》,交付給大迦葉長老:「尊者,此[部]您要為您的依止者們教誦。」

Tato anantaraṃ satabhāṇavāraparimāṇaṃ saṃyuttanikāyaṃ saṅgāyitvā mahākassapattheraṃ paṭicchāpesuṃ – ‘‘bhante, imaṃ tumhākaṃ nissitake vācethā’’ti.
已對照篇首

此後,結集了[共]一百二十誦分之量的《增支部》,交付給阿那律長老:「此[部]您要為您的依止者們教誦。」

Tato anantaraṃ vīsatibhāṇavārasataparimāṇaṃ aṅguttaranikāyaṃ saṅgāyitvā anuruddhattheraṃ paṭicchāpesuṃ – ‘‘imaṃ tumhākaṃ nissitake vācethā’’ti.
已對照篇首

此後,《法集論》《分別論》《界論》《人施設論》《論事》《雙論》《發趣論》[這些]被稱為「論」。結集了如是所解說的、微細智所行境的聖典之後,說「此名為論藏」,五百位阿羅漢[便]作了誦習。依前說之法,[大]地震動了。

Tato anantaraṃ dhammasaṅgahavibhaṅgadhātukathāpuggalapaññattikathāvatthuyamakapaṭṭhānaṃ abhidhammoti vuccati. Evaṃ saṃvaṇṇitaṃ sukhumañāṇagocaraṃ tantiṃ saṅgāyitvā – ‘‘idaṃ abhidhammapiṭakaṃ nāmā’’ti vatvā pañca arahantasatāni sajjhāyamakaṃsu. Vuttanayeneva pathavikampo ahosīti.
緬 1.16已對照篇首

長部誦者們說:此後,結集了《本生》《義釋》《無礙解道》《譬喻》《經集》《小誦》《法句》《自說》《如是語》《天宮事》《餓鬼事》《長老偈》《長老尼偈》這部聖典之後,又說「此名為小部典籍(khuddakagantha)」,[便]把[它]編入了論藏之中。而中部誦者們則說:「連同《所行藏》《佛種姓》,這全部名為小部典籍者,都攝於經藏。」

Tato paraṃ jātakaṃ, niddeso, paṭisambhidāmaggo, apadānaṃ, suttanipāto, khuddakapāṭho, dhammapadaṃ, udānaṃ, itivuttakaṃ, vimānavatthu, petavatthu, theragāthā, therīgāthāti imaṃ tantiṃ saṅgāyitvā ‘‘khuddakagantho nāmāya’’nti ca vatvā ‘‘abhidhammapiṭakasmiṃyeva saṅgahaṃ āropayiṃsū’’ti dīghabhāṇakā vadanti. Majjhimabhāṇakā pana ‘‘cariyāpiṭakabuddhavaṃsehi saddhiṃ sabbampetaṃ khuddakaganthaṃ nāma suttantapiṭake pariyāpanna’’nti vadanti.
已對照篇首

如是,這全部佛語,依味為一種,依法與律為兩種,依初、中、後為三種,依藏亦然;依部為五種,依分為九種,依法蘊為八萬四千種——應如是了知。

Evametaṃ sabbampi buddhavacanaṃ rasavasena ekavidhaṃ, dhammavinayavasena duvidhaṃ, paṭhamamajjhimapacchimavasena tividhaṃ. Tathā piṭakavasena. Nikāyavasena pañcavidhaṃ, aṅgavasena navavidhaṃ, dhammakkhandhavasena caturāsītisahassavidhanti veditabbaṃ.
PTS 1.16已對照篇首

如何依味為一種?世尊現證無上正等正覺之後,直到以無餘涅槃界般涅槃為止,於此中間四十五年中,或教誡諸天、人、龍、夜叉等、或[自]觀察而說的一切,全都是一味,唯是解脫之味。如是依味為一種。

Kathaṃ rasavasena ekavidhaṃ? Yañhi bhagavatā anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambujjhitvā yāva anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbāyati, etthantare pañcacattālīsavassāni devamanussanāgayakkhādayo anusāsantena vā paccavekkhantena vā vuttaṃ, sabbaṃ taṃ ekarasaṃ vimuttirasameva hoti. Evaṃ rasavasena ekavidhaṃ.
已對照篇首

如何依法與律為兩種?這一切都歸入「法」與「律」之數。此中,律藏是律,其餘的佛語是法。正因此[大迦葉]說:「我們何不結集法與律。」(《小品》437)又[說]:「我當問優波離律,問阿難法。」如是依法與律為兩種。

Kathaṃ dhammavinayavasena duvidhaṃ? Sabbameva cetaṃ dhammo ceva vinayo cāti saṅkhyaṃ gacchati. Tattha vinayapiṭakaṃ vinayo, avasesaṃ buddhavacanaṃ dhammo. Tenevāha ‘‘yannūna mayaṃ dhammañca vinayañca saṅgāyeyyāmā’’ti (cūḷava. 437). ‘‘Ahaṃ upāliṃ vinayaṃ puccheyyaṃ, ānandaṃ dhammaṃ puccheyya’’nti ca. Evaṃ dhammavinayavasena duvidhaṃ.
已對照篇首

如何依初、中、後為三種?這一切確實分為最初佛語、中間佛語、最後佛語三類。此中——

Kathaṃ paṭhamamajjhimapacchimavasena tividhaṃ? Sabbameva hidaṃ paṭhamabuddhavacanaṃ, majjhimabuddhavacanaṃ, pacchimabuddhavacananti tippabhedaṃ hoti. Tattha –
已對照篇首

「無數生的輪迴中,我流轉而不得[見],

‘‘Anekajātisaṃsāraṃ, sandhāvissaṃ anibbisaṃ;
已對照篇首

尋覓造屋者——一再受生是苦。

Gahakāraṃ gavesanto, dukkhā jāti punappunaṃ.
已對照篇首

造屋者啊,你已被見到!你不會再造屋了;

Gahakāraka diṭṭhosi, puna gehaṃ na kāhasi;
已對照篇首

你的一切椽木已折斷,屋頂已毀壞;

Sabbā te phāsukā bhaggā, gahakūṭaṃ visaṅkhataṃ;
已對照篇首

心已至離行,已證得諸愛之盡。」(《法句》153、154)

Visaṅkhāragataṃ cittaṃ, taṇhānaṃ khayamajjhagā’’ti. (dha. pa. 153-54);
已對照篇首

此是最初佛語。有些[師]說《犍度》中「當諸法顯現時」(《大品》1)這首自說偈[才是最初佛語]。然而應知:這首自說偈是在初一日(pāṭipadadivasa)、已證得一切知性者以喜悅所成之智觀察緣之行相時所生起的。

Idaṃ paṭhamabuddhavacanaṃ. Keci ‘‘yadā have pātubhavanti dhammā’’ti (mahāva. 1) khandhake udānagāthaṃ vadanti. Esā pana pāṭipadadivase sabbaññubhāvappattassa somanassamayañāṇena paccayākāraṃ paccavekkhantassa uppannā udānagāthāti veditabbā.
緬 1.17已對照篇首

而在般涅槃時所說的——「那麼,諸比丘,我現在告訴你們:諸行是壞滅法,當以不放逸成就。」(《長部》2.218)——此是最後佛語。於二者之間所說的,名為中間佛語。如是依最初、中間、最後佛語為三種。

Yaṃ pana parinibbānakāle abhāsi – ‘‘handa dāni, bhikkhave, āmantayāmi vo, vayadhammā saṅkhārā, appamādena sampādethā’’ti (dī. ni. 2.218) idaṃ pacchimabuddhavacanaṃ. Ubhinnamantare yaṃ vuttaṃ, etaṃ majjhimabuddhavacanaṃ nāma. Evaṃ paṭhamamajjhimapacchimabuddhavacanavasena tividhaṃ.
PTS 1.17已對照篇首

如何依藏為三種?這一切確實只分為律藏、經藏、論藏三類。此中,把第一次結集時已結集的與未結集的一切都彙總起來:兩部波羅提木叉、《二部分別》、二十二《犍度》、十六《附隨》——此名為律藏。以《梵網[經]》等三十四部經所彙集的是《長部》,以《根本法門經》等一百五十二部經所彙集的是《中部》,以《渡暴流經》等七千七百六十二部經所彙集的是《相應部》,以《心遍取經》等九千五百五十七部經所彙集的是《增支部》,依《小誦》《法句》《自說》《如是語》《經集》《天宮事》《餓鬼事》《長老偈》《長老尼偈》《本生》《義釋》《無礙解道》《譬喻》《佛種姓》《所行藏》而分為十五分的是《小部》——此名為經藏。《法集論》《分別論》《界論》《人施設論》《論事》《雙論》《發趣論》——此名為論藏。此中——

Kathaṃ piṭakavasena tividhaṃ? Sabbampi cetaṃ vinayapiṭakaṃ suttantapiṭakaṃ abhidhammapiṭakanti tippabhedameva hoti. Tattha paṭhamasaṅgītiyaṃ saṅgītañca asaṅgītañca sabbampi samodhānetvā ubhayāni pātimokkhāni, dve vibhaṅgā, dvāvīsati khandhakā, soḷasaparivārāti – idaṃ vinayapiṭakaṃ nāma. Brahmajālādicatuttiṃsasuttasaṅgaho dīghanikāyo, mūlapariyāyasuttādidiyaḍḍhasatadvesuttasaṅgaho majjhimanikāyo, oghataraṇasuttādisattasuttasahassasattasatadvāsaṭṭhisuttasaṅgaho saṃyuttanikāyo, cittapariyādānasuttādinavasuttasahassapañcasatasattapaññāsasuttasaṅgaho aṅguttaranikāyo, khuddakapāṭha-dhammapada-udāna-itivuttaka-suttanipāta-vimānavatthu-petavatthu-theragāthā-therīgāthā-jātaka-niddesa-paṭisambhidāmagga-apadāna-buddhavaṃsa-cariyāpiṭakavasena pannarasappabhedo khuddakanikāyoti idaṃ suttantapiṭakaṃ nāma. Dhammasaṅgaho, vibhaṅgo, dhātukathā, puggalapaññatti, kathāvatthu, yamakaṃ, paṭṭhānanti – idaṃ abhidhammapiṭakaṃ nāma. Tattha –
已對照篇首

「由方法多樣、方法殊勝,又由調伏身與語故;

‘‘Vividhavisesanayattā, vinayanato ceva kāyavācānaṃ;
已對照篇首

此[律]被通曉律義者宣說為『律』。」

Vinayatthavidūhi ayaṃ, vinayo vinayoti akkhāto’’.
已對照篇首

此中確有種種方法:五種波羅提木叉的誦出、以波羅夷為首的七犯聚之本母(mātikā)、《分別》等諸類別。又有殊勝的、以堅固作與鬆緩作為用途的隨制(anupaññatti)之法[——此二依次是於世間之罪與制罪的諸學處中]。又此[律]由遮止身、語的違犯(ajjhācāra)而調伏身與語;所以,由方法多樣、由方法殊勝,又由調伏身與語,[它]被宣說為「律」。因此,為[令人]善巧於此[律]的語義,[便]說了此[偈]——

Vividhā hi ettha pañcavidhapātimokkhuddesapārājikādi satta āpattikkhandhamātikā vibhaṅgādippabhedā nayā. Visesabhūtā ca daḷhīkammasithilakaraṇappayojanā anupaññattinayā. Kāyikavācasikaajjhācāranisedhanato cesa kāyaṃ vācañca vineti, tasmā vividhanayattā visesanayattā kāyavācānaṃ vinayanato ceva vinayoti akkhāto. Tenetametassa vacanatthakosallatthaṃ vuttaṃ –
已對照篇首

「由方法多樣、方法殊勝,又由調伏身與語故;

‘‘Vividhavisesanayattā, vinayanato ceva kāyavācānaṃ;
已對照篇首

此[律]被通曉律義者宣說為『律』。」

Vinayatthavidūhi ayaṃ, vinayo vinayoti akkhāto’’ti.
緬 1.18已對照篇首

而另一[藏]則——

Itaraṃ pana –
已對照篇首

「由指示諸義故、由善說故、由出生故、由流出故,

‘‘Atthānaṃ sūcanato suvuttato, savanatotha sūdanato;
已對照篇首

由善護故、又由與線相似故,[此]被宣說為『經』。」

Suttāṇā suttasabhāgato ca, suttanti akkhātaṃ.
PTS 1.18已對照篇首

因為它指示自利、他利等差別之義。又此中諸義是善說的,因為是隨順所化者的意樂而說的。又它出生諸義,如莊稼[出生]果實——說的是「產生」[之義]。又它流出[諸義],如母牛[流出]乳——說的是「使流出」[之義]。又它善護它們——說的是「守護」[之義]。又它與線相似:正如線對諸木匠是準量,此[經]對諸智者亦然。又如以線所攝集的諸花不散落、不毀壞,同樣,被它所攝集的諸義[亦然]。因此,為[令人]善巧於此[經]的語義,[便]說了此[偈]——

Tañhi attatthaparatthādibhede atthe sūceti. Suvuttā cettha atthā, veneyyajjhāsayānulomena vuttattā. Savati cetaṃ atthe sassamiva phalaṃ, pasavatīti vuttaṃ hoti. Sūdati cetaṃ dhenu viya khīraṃ, paggharāpetīti vuttaṃ hoti. Suṭṭhu ca ne tāyati, rakkhatīti vuttaṃ hoti. Suttasabhāgañcetaṃ, yathā hi tacchakānaṃ suttaṃ pamāṇaṃ hoti, evametampi viññūnaṃ. Yathā ca suttena saṅgahitāni pupphāni na vikirīyanti, na viddhaṃsīyanti, evameva tena saṅgahitā atthā. Tenetametassa vacanatthakosallatthaṃ vuttaṃ –
已對照篇首

「由指示諸義故、由善說故、由出生故、由流出故,

‘‘Atthānaṃ sūcanato, suvuttato savanatotha sūdanato;
已對照篇首

由善護故、又由與線相似故,[此]被宣說為『經』。」

Suttāṇā suttasabhāgato ca, suttanti akkhāta’’nti.
已對照篇首

而另一[者]則——

Itaro pana –
已對照篇首

「此中,凡[諸法是]具增長的、具[自]相的、受尊崇的、被限定的,

‘‘Yaṃ ettha vuḍḍhimanto, salakkhaṇā pūjitā paricchinnā;
已對照篇首

以及[如上]所說的與殊勝的諸法——由此[便]被宣說為『阿毗達摩』。」

Vuttādhikā ca dhammā, abhidhammo tena akkhāto’’.
已對照篇首

因為這 abhi 一語,可見於增長、[自]相、受尊崇、被限定、殊勝[諸義]中。正是如此,它在「我的諸苦受劇烈地增進,不退減」等[語]中(《中部》3.389)來於「增長」[義];在「凡那些被稱知、被標誌的諸夜」等[語]中(《中部》1.49)[來於]「具[自]相」[義];在「王中之王,人中之主」等[語]中(《中部》2.399)[來於]「受尊崇」[義];在「有能力於阿毗達摩、阿毗律中教導」等[語]中(《大品》85)[來於]「被限定」[義]——說的是「於彼此無混雜的法與律中」[之義]。在「以殊勝的容色」等[語]中(《天宮事》819)[來於]「殊勝」[義]。

Ayañhi abhisaddo vuḍḍhilakkhaṇapūjitaparicchinnādhikesu dissati. Tathā hesa ‘‘bāḷhā me dukkhā vedanā abhikkamanti, no paṭikkamantī’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 3.389) vuḍḍhiyaṃ āgato. ‘‘Yā tā rattiyo abhiññātā abhilakkhitā’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 1.49) salakkhaṇe. ‘‘Rājābhirājā manujindo’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 2.399) pūjite. ‘‘Paṭibalo vinetuṃ abhidhamme abhivinaye’’tiādīsu (mahāva. 85) paricchinne. Aññamaññasaṅkaravirahite dhamme ca vinaye cāti vuttaṃ hoti. ‘‘Abhikkantena vaṇṇenā’’tiādīsu (vi. va. 819) adhike.
緬 1.19已對照篇首

而此中,依「為生起色[界]而修習道」(《法集論》251)、「以與慈俱的心遍滿一方而住」等(《分別論》642)之法,也說了具增長的諸法。依「或以色為所緣,或以聲為所緣」等(《法集論》1)之法,由於是以所緣等而應被標[相]的,[故]也是具[自]相的。依「有學諸法、無學諸法、出世間諸法」等(《法集論·三法本母》11、《法集論·二法本母》12)之法,也是受尊崇的——意趣是「應受供養」。依「有觸,有受」等(《法集論》1)之法,由於以自性而被限定,[故]也是被限定的。依「大諸法(mahaggatā dhammā)、無量諸法(《法集論·三法本母》11)、無上諸法」等(《法集論·二法本母》11)之法,也說了殊勝的諸法。因此,為[令人]善巧於此[阿毗達摩]的語義,[便]說了此[偈]——

Ettha ca ‘‘rūpūpapattiyā maggaṃ bhāveti’’ (dha. sa. 251), ‘‘mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṃ disaṃ pharitvā viharatī’’tiādinā (vibha. 642) nayena vuḍḍhimantopi dhammā vuttā. ‘‘Rūpārammaṇaṃ vā saddārammaṇaṃ vā’’tiādinā (dha. sa. 1) nayena ārammaṇādīhi lakkhaṇīyattā salakkhaṇāpi. ‘‘Sekkhā dhammā, asekkhā dhammā, lokuttarā dhammā’’tiādinā (dha. sa. tikamātikā 11, dukamātikā 12) nayena pūjitāpi, pūjārahāti adhippāyo. ‘‘Phasso hoti, vedanā hotī’’tiādinā (dha. sa. 1) nayena sabhāvaparicchinnattā paricchinnāpi. ‘‘Mahaggatā dhammā, appamāṇā dhammā (dha. sa. tikamātikā 11), anuttarā dhammā’’tiādinā (dha. sa. dukamātikā 11) nayena adhikāpi dhammā vuttā. Tenetametassa vacanatthakosallatthaṃ vuttaṃ –
已對照篇首

「此中,凡[諸法是]具增長的、具[自]相的、受尊崇的、被限定的,

‘‘Yaṃ ettha vuḍḍhimanto, salakkhaṇā pūjitā paricchinnā;
已對照篇首

以及[如上]所說的與殊勝的諸法——由此[便]被宣說為『阿毗達摩』。」

Vuttādhikā ca dhammā, abhidhammo tena akkhāto’’ti.
已對照篇首

而此中不別異[而共通]的那[一語],則——

Yaṃ panettha avisiṭṭhaṃ, taṃ –
已對照篇首

「精通『藏』義者,就教理(pariyatti)與容器之義而說『藏』;

‘‘Piṭakaṃ piṭakatthavidū, pariyattibbhājanatthato āhu;
已對照篇首

由此[語]相合而後,律等三者也[皆]應如是知。」

Tena samodhānetvā, tayopi vinayādayo ñeyyā’’.
已對照篇首

因為教理也在「不要[依]藏經傳授」等[語]中(《增支部》3.66)被稱為「藏」;而在「於是有人取了鋤與筐而來」等[語]中(《增支部》3.70),任何容器[也稱為「藏」]。所以說:「精通『藏』義者,就教理與容器之義而說『藏』。」

Pariyattipi hi ‘‘mā piṭakasampadānenā’’tiādīsu (a. ni. 3.66) piṭakanti vuccati. ‘‘Atha puriso āgaccheyya kudālapiṭakamādāyā’’tiādīsu (a. ni. 3.70) yaṃ kiñci bhājanampi. Tasmā ‘piṭakaṃ piṭakatthavidū pariyattibhājanatthato āhu.
PTS 1.19已對照篇首

如今[說]「由此[語]相合而後,律等三者也[皆]應如是知」[一句]:即以這具二種義的「藏」一語作成複合[詞]——「它既是律,又是藏,由於是教理之性,又由於是各各義的容器」,故為「律藏」;依已說的同一方法,「它既是經,又是藏」,故為「經藏」;「它既是阿毗達摩,又是藏」,故為「論藏」。如是,這律等三者[皆]應如是知。

Idāni ‘tena samodhānetvā tayopi vinayādayo ñeyyā’ti, tena evaṃ duvidhatthena piṭakasaddena saha samāsaṃ katvā vinayo ca so piṭakañca pariyattibhāvato, tassa tassa atthassa bhājanato cāti vinayapiṭakaṃ, yathāvutteneva nayena suttantañca taṃ piṭakañcāti suttantapiṭakaṃ, abhidhammo ca so piṭakañcāti abhidhammapiṭakanti. Evamete tayopi vinayādayo ñeyyā.
已對照篇首

而這樣了知之後,為於那些藏中[得]種種善巧故——

Evaṃ ñatvā ca punapi tesuyeva piṭakesu nānappakārakosallatthaṃ –
已對照篇首

「於彼[三藏]中,應隨其所應闡明教說、教誡、論之差別;

‘‘Desanāsāsanakathābhedaṃ tesu yathārahaṃ;
已對照篇首

亦應闡明學、斷與甚深性。

Sikkhāppahānagambhīrabhāvañca paridīpaye.
已對照篇首

教理之差別、成就以及失壞,凡於何處、

Pariyattibhedaṃ sampattiṃ, vipattiñcāpi yaṃ yahiṃ;
已對照篇首

比丘如何得[之]——這一切也都應說明。」

Pāpuṇāti yathā bhikkhu, tampi sabbaṃ vibhāvaye’’.
緬 1.20已對照篇首

此中,這[便]是[那]闡明與說明。因為這三藏依次被稱為:教令、言說、勝義之教說;隨[所]犯、隨[所]順、如法之教誡;以及律儀與勝律儀、見之解開、名色之限定之論。此中,律藏由於是堪施行教令的世尊多以教令[之方式]所教說的,[故]稱為「教令之教說」;經藏由於是善巧於言說的世尊多以言說[之方式]所教說的,[故]稱為「言說之教說」;論藏由於是善巧於勝義的世尊多以勝義[之方式]所教說的,[故]稱為「勝義之教說」。

Tatrāyaṃ paridīpanā vibhāvanā ca. Etāni hi tīṇi piṭakāni yathākkamaṃ āṇāvohāraparamatthadesanā, yathāparādhayathānulomayathādhammasāsanāni, saṃvarāsaṃvaradiṭṭhiviniveṭhananāmarūpaparicchedakathāti ca vuccanti. Ettha hi vinayapiṭakaṃ āṇārahena bhagavatā āṇābāhullato desitattā āṇādesanā, suttantapiṭakaṃ vohārakusalena bhagavatā vohārabāhullato desitattā vohāradesanā, abhidhammapiṭakaṃ paramatthakusalena bhagavatā paramatthabāhullato desitattā paramatthadesanāti vuccati.
已對照篇首

同樣,第一[藏]——「凡那些犯[戒]眾多的眾生,[他們]於此中隨其所犯而被教誡」,故為「隨犯之教誡」;第二[藏]——「有種種意樂、隨眠、性行、勝解的眾生,[他們]於此中隨其所順而被教誡」,故為「隨順之教誡」;第三[藏]——「於唯是法之聚[上]作『我、我所』之想的眾生,[他們]於此中隨法而被教誡」,故稱為「如法之教誡」。

Tathā paṭhamaṃ – ‘ye te pacurāparādhā sattā, te yathāparādhaṃ ettha sāsitā’ti yathāparādhasāsanaṃ, dutiyaṃ – ‘anekajjhāsayānusayacariyādhimuttikā sattā yathānulomaṃ ettha sāsitā’ti yathānulomasāsanaṃ, tatiyaṃ – ‘dhammapuñjamatte ‘‘ahaṃ mamā’’ti saññino sattā yathādhammaṃ ettha sāsitā’ti yathādhammasāsananti vuccati.
已對照篇首

同樣,第一[藏]——「作為越行(ajjhācāra)之對治的律儀與勝律儀於此中被講說」,故為「律儀與勝律儀之論」。「律儀與勝律儀(saṃvarāsaṃvara)」者:即小的與大的律儀,猶如「業與勝業(kammākamma)」、「果與勝果(phalāphala)」[一般]。第二[藏]——「作為六十二見之對治的見之解開於此中被講說」,故為「見之解開之論」;第三[藏]——「作為貪等之對治的名色之限定於此中被講說」,故稱為「名色之限定之論」。

Tathā paṭhamaṃ – ajjhācārapaṭipakkhabhūto saṃvarāsaṃvaro ettha kathitoti saṃvarāsaṃvarakathā. Saṃvarāsaṃvaroti khuddako ceva mahanto ca saṃvaro, kammākammaṃ viya, phalāphalaṃ viya ca, dutiyaṃ – ‘‘dvāsaṭṭhidiṭṭhipaṭipakkhabhūtā diṭṭhiviniveṭhanā ettha kathitā’’ti diṭṭhiviniveṭhanakathā, tatiyaṃ – ‘‘rāgādipaṭipakkhabhūto nāmarūpaparicchedo ettha kathito’’ti nāmarūpaparicchedakathāti vuccati.
已對照篇首

而於這三[藏]中,應知三學、三種斷與四種甚深性。正是如此:於律藏中特別說了增上戒學,於經藏中[說了]增上心學,於論藏中[說了]增上慧學。

Tīsupi cetesu tisso sikkhā, tīṇi pahānāni, catubbidho ca gambhīrabhāvo veditabbo. Tathā hi vinayapiṭake visesena adhisīlasikkhā vuttā, suttantapiṭake adhicittasikkhā, abhidhammapiṭake adhipaññāsikkhā.
PTS 1.20已對照篇首

又於律藏中是違犯之斷,因為戒是違犯的對治。於經藏中是纏(pariyuṭṭhāna)之斷,因為定是纏的對治。於論藏中是隨眠之斷,因為慧是隨眠的對治。又於第一[藏]中是彼分斷,於其餘[二藏]中是鎮伏斷與正斷斷。又於第一[藏]中是惡行雜染之斷,於其餘[二藏]中是渴愛雜染與見雜染之斷。

Vinayapiṭake ca vītikkamappahānaṃ, kilesānaṃ vītikkamapaṭipakkhattā sīlassa. Suttantapiṭake pariyuṭṭhānappahānaṃ, pariyuṭṭhānapaṭipakkhattā samādhissa. Abhidhammapiṭake anusayappahānaṃ, anusayapaṭipakkhattā paññāya. Paṭhame ca tadaṅgappahānaṃ, itaresu vikkhambhanasamucchedappahānāni. Paṭhame ca duccaritasaṃkilesappahānaṃ, itaresu taṇhādiṭṭhisaṃkilesappahānaṃ.
緬 1.21已對照篇首

而於此[三藏]中的每一[藏],也應知法、義、教說、通達[這]四種甚深性。此中,「法」即聖典(tanti)。「義」即那[聖典]本身之義。「教說」即對那以意所確立的聖典之教說。「通達」即對聖典與聖典之義的如實了悟。而於這三[藏]中[都有]這些法、義、教說、通達。由於[它們]如大海之於兔等一般,為鈍慧者所難以深入、且不可得立足處,所以是甚深的。如是,於此[三藏]中的每一[藏],也應知[這]四種甚深性。

Ekamekasmiñcettha catubbidhopi dhammatthadesanā paṭivedhagambhīrabhāvo veditabbo. Tattha dhammoti tanti. Atthoti tassāyeva attho. Desanāti tassā manasā vavatthāpitāya tantiyā desanā. Paṭivedhoti tantiyā tantiatthassa ca yathābhūtāvabodho. Tīsupi cetesu ete dhammatthadesanāpaṭivedhā. Yasmā sasādīhi viya mahāsamuddo mandabuddhīhi dukkhogāḷhā alabbhaneyyapatiṭṭhā ca, tasmā gambhīrā. Evaṃ ekamekasmiṃ ettha catubbidhopi gambhīrabhāvo veditabbo.
已對照篇首

另一方法:「法」即因。這曾說過——「於因之智[是]法無礙解」。「義」即因之果,這也曾說過——「於因之果之智[是]義無礙解」(《分別論》720)。「教說」即施設,意趣是「如其法而[作]法之稱說(dhammābhilāpa)」;或者[即]依順、逆、略、廣等之力而作的講說。「通達」即現觀;而它[有]世間與出世間[二種],[即]依境與依無痴——[是]於諸法中隨順於義、於諸義中隨順於法、於諸施設中隨順於施設之路的了悟。或者,[通達]即對那各各處所說的各各諸法所應通達的、稱為自相的、不顛倒的自性。

Aparo nayo, dhammoti hetu. Vuttañhetaṃ – ‘‘hetumhi ñāṇaṃ dhammapaṭisambhidā’’ti. Atthoti hetuphalaṃ, vuttañhetaṃ – ‘‘hetuphale ñāṇaṃ atthapaṭisambhidā’’ti (vibha. 720). Desanāti paññatti, yathā dhammaṃ dhammābhilāpoti adhippāyo. Anulomapaṭilomasaṅkhepavitthārādivasena vā kathanaṃ. Paṭivedhoti abhisamayo, so ca lokiyalokuttaro visayato asammohato ca, atthānurūpaṃ dhammesu, dhammānurūpaṃ atthesu, paññattipathānurūpaṃ paññattīsu avabodho. Tesaṃ tesaṃ vā tattha tattha vuttadhammānaṃ paṭivijjhitabbo salakkhaṇasaṅkhāto aviparītasabhāvo.
已對照篇首

如今,由於在這些藏中,無論是哪一種法之類或義之類;以及這[教說]——凡所應令知之義如何如何成為諸聽者之智的所對面,便依那樣那樣而闡明那義的教說;以及此中稱為不顛倒覺了的通達,或者那些那些法所應通達的、稱為自相的不顛倒本性——這一切,對未積集善資糧的鈍慧者[而言],如大海之於兔等一般,難以深入、又是得不到立足處的,所以是甚深(gambhīra)的。如是,於此每一[藏]中也應了知這四種甚深性。

Idāni yasmā etesu piṭakesu yaṃ yaṃ dhammajātaṃ vā atthajātaṃ vā, yā cāyaṃ yathā yathā ñāpetabbo attho sotūnaṃ ñāṇassa abhimukho hoti, tathā tathā tadatthajotikā desanā, yo cettha aviparītāvabodhasaṅkhāto paṭivedho, tesaṃ tesaṃ vā dhammānaṃ paṭivijjhitabbo salakkhaṇasaṅkhāto aviparītasabhāvo. Sabbampetaṃ anupacitakusalasambhārehi duppaññehi sasādīhi viya mahāsamuddo dukkhogāḷhaṃ alabbhaneyyapatiṭṭhañca, tasmā gambhīraṃ. Evampi ekamekasmiṃ ettha catubbidhopi gambhīrabhāvo veditabbo.
已對照篇首

而至此——

Ettāvatā ca –
已對照篇首

「教說、教誡、論說——於此[三者]隨其所應[各別闡明其]差別;

‘‘Desanāsāsanakathā, bhedaṃ tesu yathārahaṃ;
PTS 1.21已對照篇首

學、諸斷與甚深之性,[這些]亦應闡明。」——

Sikkhāppahānagambhīra, bhāvañca paridīpaye’’ti –
已對照篇首

這首偈頌的義已如上所說。

Ayaṃ gāthā vuttatthāva hoti.
已對照篇首

「教理之差別、成就,以及失壞——凡[比丘]於何處[所得]者;

‘‘Pariyattibhedaṃ sampattiṃ, vipattiñcāpi yaṃ yahiṃ;
已對照篇首

比丘如何獲得[之],那一切也都應顯明。」——

Pāpuṇāti yathā bhikkhu, tampi sabbaṃ vibhāvaye’’ti –
已對照篇首

而此中,於三藏中應見有三種教理之差別。因為教理(pariyatti)有三種——毒蛇喻之教理、度脫之教理、庫藏者之教理。

Ettha pana tīsu piṭakesu tividho pariyattibhedo daṭṭhabbo. Tisso hi pariyattiyo – alagaddūpamā, nissaraṇatthā, bhaṇḍāgārikapariyattīti.
緬 1.22已對照篇首

此中,凡是被惡把持的、為求過(upārambha)等之故而學得的,這[便]是毒蛇喻[之教理]。就它而說了這[語]——「諸比丘,猶如有個人求毒蛇、覓毒蛇、遊行尋找毒蛇。他看見一條大毒蛇,便去抓它的身或尾。那條毒蛇便回身咬他的手、臂或其餘某個肢節。他便因此而遭死亡,或受近於死亡之苦。這是什麼緣故呢?諸比丘,因為對毒蛇的惡把持。諸比丘,正是這樣,此處有些愚痴人學法——經……乃至……智解。他們學了那法之後,不以慧詳察那些法之義。那些法於不詳察其義者便不堪於諦觀。他們學法唯以求過為利益,並以脫免他說為利益。而他們為之而學法的那個義,他們卻不領受。他們那些被惡把持的法,長夜導致不利與苦。這是什麼緣故呢?諸比丘,因為諸法被惡把持。」(《中部》1.238)

Tattha yā duggahitā, upārambhādihetu pariyāpuṭā, ayaṃ alagaddūpamā. Yaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ ‘‘seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, puriso alagaddatthiko alagaddagavesī alagaddapariyesanaṃ caramāno, so passeyya mahantaṃ alagaddaṃ, tamenaṃ bhoge vā naṅguṭṭhe vā gaṇheyya, tassa so alagaddo paṭiparivattitvā hatthe vā bāhāyaṃ vā aññatarasmiṃ vā aṅgapaccaṅge ḍaṃseyya, so tato nidānaṃ maraṇaṃ vā nigaccheyya, maraṇamattaṃ vā dukkhaṃ. Taṃ kissa hetu? Duggahitattā, bhikkhave, alagaddassa. Evameva kho, bhikkhave, idhekacce moghapurisā dhammaṃ pariyāpuṇanti, suttaṃ…pe… vedallaṃ, te taṃ dhammaṃ pariyāpuṇitvā tesaṃ dhammānaṃ paññāya atthaṃ na upaparikkhanti, tesaṃ te dhammā paññāya atthaṃ anupaparikkhataṃ na nijjhānaṃ khamanti, te upārambhānisaṃsā ceva dhammaṃ pariyāpuṇanti, itivādappamokkhānisaṃsā ca, yassa catthāya dhammaṃ pariyāpuṇanti, tañcassa atthaṃ nānubhonti, tesaṃ te dhammā duggahitā dīgharattaṃ ahitāya dukkhāya saṃvattanti. Taṃ kissa hetu? Duggahitattā, bhikkhave, dhammāna’’nti (ma. ni. 1.238).
已對照篇首

而凡是被善把持的、由唯希求戒蘊等之圓滿者所學得的,不是為求過等之故[而學]的,這[便]是度脫之教理。就它而說了這[語]——「他們那些被善把持的法,長夜導致利益與安樂。這是什麼緣故呢?諸比丘,因為諸法被善把持。」(《中部》1.239)

Yā pana suggahitā sīlakkhandhādipāripūriṃyeva ākaṅkhamānena pariyāpuṭā, na upārambhādihetu, ayaṃ nissaraṇatthā. Yaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ – ‘‘tesaṃ te dhammā suggahitā dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāya saṃvattanti. Taṃ kissa hetu? Suggahitattā, bhikkhave, dhammāna’’nti (ma. ni. 1.239).
已對照篇首

而凡是已遍知諸蘊、已斷煩惱、已修道、已通達不動、已現證滅、諸漏已盡[者],唯為護持相承之故、為守護法系之故而學的,這[便]是庫藏者之教理。

Yaṃ pana pariññātakkhandho pahīnakileso bhāvitamaggo paṭividdhākuppo sacchikatanirodho khīṇāsavo kevalaṃ paveṇīpālanatthāya vaṃsānurakkhaṇatthāya pariyāpuṇāti, ayaṃ bhaṇḍāgārikapariyattīti.
PTS 1.22已對照篇首

而於律善行道的比丘,依戒的成就而獲得三明;並且在那裡[所]宣說的分類也唯是那[三明]的。於經善行道[的比丘],依定的成就而獲得六神通;並且在那裡[所]宣說的分類也唯是那[六神通]的。於論善行道[的比丘],依慧的成就而獲得四無礙解;並且[所]宣說的分類也正唯是那[四無礙解]在那裡的[分類]。如是,於這些[藏]善行道者便依次獲得這以三明、六神通、四無礙解為別的成就。

Vinaye pana suppaṭipanno bhikkhu sīlasampadaṃ nissāya tisso vijjā pāpuṇāti, tāsaṃyeva ca tattha pabhedavacanato. Sutte suppaṭipanno samādhisampadaṃ nissāya cha abhiññā pāpuṇāti, tāsaṃyeva ca tattha pabhedavacanato. Abhidhamme suppaṭipanno paññāsampadaṃ nissāya catasso paṭisambhidā pāpuṇāti, tāsañca tattheva pabhedavacanato, evametesu suppaṭipanno yathākkamena imaṃ vijjāttayachaḷabhiññācatuppaṭisambhidābhedaṃ sampattiṃ pāpuṇāti.
緬 1.23已對照篇首

而於律惡行道的人,由於[與]所許的、觸之為樂的敷具與覆物等之觸有共通之處,便於所遮的執取[色]之觸等上成為有無過之想者。因為也說過這[語]——「我如是了知世尊所說之法:凡那些為世尊說為障礙法的我的障礙法,受用它們並不足以成障礙。」(《中部》1.234)由此而到達破戒之性。於經惡行道的人,於「諸比丘,有這四種人存在、可得」等[語](《增支部》4.5)中不知[其]意趣,便作惡把持;就它而說了這[語]——「[他]以自己所惡把持的[法]既誹謗我們,又掘傷自己,並招致許多非福。」(《中部》1.236)由此而到達邪見性。於論惡行道的人,於法之思察(dhammacintā,[即]對法之自性的審察)上過度奔馳,連不可思議的[事]也思議。由此而到達心智錯亂(cittakkhepa);因為也說過這[語]——「諸比丘,有這四種不可思議[事],是不應思議的;思議它們的人,便會分得狂亂與敗壞。」(《增支部》4.77)如是,於這些[藏]惡行道者便依次遭遇這以破戒之性、邪見性、心智錯亂為別的失壞。

Vinaye pana duppaṭipanno anuññātasukhasamphassaattharaṇapāvuraṇādiphassasāmaññato paṭikkhittesu upādinnakaphassādīsu anavajjasaññī hoti. Vuttampi hetaṃ – ‘‘tathāhaṃ bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmi, yathā ye me antarāyikā dhammā antarāyikā vuttā bhagavatā, te paṭisevato nālaṃ antarāyāyā’’ti (ma. ni. 1.234). Tato dussīlabhāvaṃ pāpuṇāti. Sutte duppaṭipanno – ‘‘cattāro me, bhikkhave, puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā’’tiādīsu (a. ni. 4.5) adhippāyaṃ ajānanto duggahitaṃ gaṇhāti, yaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ – ‘‘attanā duggahitena amhe ceva abbhācikkhati, attānañca khaṇati, bahuñca apuññaṃ pasavatī’’ti (ma. ni. 1.236). Tato micchādiṭṭhitaṃ pāpuṇāti. Abhidhamme duppaṭipanno dhammacintaṃ atidhāvanto acinteyyānipi cinteti. Tato cittakkhepaṃ pāpuṇāti, vuttañhetaṃ – ‘‘cattārimāni, bhikkhave, acinteyyāni, na cintetabbāni, yāni cintento ummādassa vighātassa bhāgī assā’’ti (a. ni. 4.77). Evametesu duppaṭipanno yathākkamena imaṃ dussīlabhāva micchādiṭṭhitā cittakkhepabhedaṃ vipattiṃ pāpuṇātī’’ti.
已對照篇首

而至此——

Ettāvatā ca –
已對照篇首

「教理之差別、成就,以及失壞——凡[比丘]於何處[所得]者;

‘‘Pariyattibhedaṃ sampattiṃ, vipattiñcāpi yaṃ yahiṃ;
已對照篇首

比丘如何獲得[之],那一切也都應顯明。」——

Pāpuṇāti yathā bhikkhu, tampi sabbaṃ vibhāvaye’’ti –
已對照篇首

這首偈頌的義也已如上所說。如是,依種種方式了知諸藏之後,應知這佛語依它們而為三種。

Ayampi gāthā vuttatthāva hoti. Evaṃ nānappakārato piṭakāni ñatvā tesaṃ vasenetaṃ buddhavacanaṃ tividhanti ñātabbaṃ.
已對照篇首

如何依部為五種?這一切確實只分為長部、中部、相應部、增支部、小部五類。此中,什麼是長部?[即]由三品所彙集的、以《梵網[經]》等為首的三十四部經。

Kathaṃ nikāyavasena pañcavidhaṃ? Sabbameva cetaṃ dīghanikāyo, majjhimanikāyo, saṃyuttanikāyo, aṅguttaranikāyo, khuddakanikāyoti pañcappabhedaṃ hoti. Tattha katamo dīghanikāyo? Tivaggasaṅgahāni brahmajālādīni catuttiṃsa suttāni.
已對照篇首

「凡以三品為其彙集的三十四部經文,

‘‘Catuttiṃseva suttantā, tivaggo yassa saṅgaho;
已對照篇首

此即『長部』——[為]第一、[且]隨順[於義]者。」

Esa dīghanikāyoti, paṭhamo anulomiko’’ti.
PTS 1.23緬 1.24已對照篇首

而這[部]為何稱為『長部』呢?由於[它是]長篇幅諸經的聚集與住處。因為聚集與住處[皆]稱為『部(nikāya)』。「諸比丘,我不見有另外任何一部[眾生]是這樣種種[差別]的,如諸比丘,這些趣畜生的眾生[那樣]。」(《相應部》2.100)以及『布尼迦部(poṇikanikāya)』『支佉利迦部(cikkhallikanikāya)』——[布尼迦與支佉利迦是剎帝利,此[二]即是他們的住處]——等等;此中這些[便是]從教說與從世間[兩方面]的成立[之證]。如是,於其餘[諸部]之為『部』上,也應了知[其]語義。

Kasmā panesa dīghanikāyoti vuccati? Dīghappamāṇānaṃ suttānaṃ samūhato nivāsato ca. Samūhanivāsā hi nikāyoti vuccanti. ‘‘Nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ ekanikāyampi samanupassāmi evaṃ cittaṃ, yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, tiracchānagatā pāṇā’’ (saṃ. ni. 2.100). Poṇikanikāyo cikkhallikanikāyoti evamādīni cettha sādhakāni sāsanato lokato ca. Evaṃ sesānampi nikāyabhāve vacanattho veditabbo.
已對照篇首

什麼是中部?[即]中等篇幅的、由十五品所彙集的、以《根本法門經》等為首的一百五十[部]經,又二部經。

Katamo majjhimanikāyo? Majjhimappamāṇāni pañcadasavaggasaṅgahāni mūlapariyāyasuttādīni diyaḍḍhasataṃ dve ca suttāni.
已對照篇首

「一百五十部經文,又二部經,[皆]在其中;

‘‘Diyaḍḍhasatasuttantā, dve ca suttāni yattha so;
已對照篇首

[此]即中部,為十五品所收攝。」

Nikāyo majjhimo pañca, dasavaggapariggaho’’ti.
已對照篇首

什麼是相應部?[即]依天神相應等而說的、以《渡暴流經》等為首的七千[部]經、七百[部]經,又六十二部經。

Katamo saṃyuttanikāyo? Devatāsaṃyuttādivasena kathitāni oghataraṇādīni satta suttasahassāni satta ca suttasatāni dvāsaṭṭhi ca suttāni.
已對照篇首

「七千部經,又七百部經;

‘‘Sattasuttasahassāni, sattasuttasatāni ca;
已對照篇首

更有六十二部經,此即相應[部]之總集。」

Dvāsaṭṭhi ceva suttantā, eso saṃyuttasaṅgaho’’ti.
已對照篇首

什麼是增支部?[即]依一一支遞增而說的、以《心遍取經》(Cittapariyādāna)等為首的九千[部]經、五百[部]經,又五十七部經。

Katamo aṅguttaranikāyo? Ekekaaṅgātirekavasena kathitāni cittapariyādānādīni nava suttasahassāni pañca suttasatāni sattapaññāsañca suttāni.
已對照篇首

「九千部經,又五百部經;

‘‘Nava suttasahassāni, pañca suttasatāni ca;
已對照篇首

[及]五十七部經,此[即]《增支部》中的數目。」

Sattapaññāsa suttāni, saṅkhyā aṅguttare aya’’nti.
已對照篇首

什麼是《小部》?[即]整個律藏、論藏,以及先前所顯示的以《小誦》為首的十五分——[總而言之,即]除去[這]四部之外其餘的佛語。

Katamo khuddakanikāyo? Sakalaṃ vinayapiṭakaṃ, abhidhammapiṭakaṃ, khuddakapāṭhādayo ca pubbe dassitā pañcadasappabhedā, ṭhapetvā cattāro nikāye avasesaṃ buddhavacanaṃ.
已對照篇首

「除去以《長部》為首的這四部,

‘‘Ṭhapetvā caturopete, nikāye dīghaādike;
已對照篇首

其餘的佛語,[即]被認為是《小部》。」

Tadaññaṃ buddhavacanaṃ, nikāyo khuddako mato’’ti.
已對照篇首

如是,依部而為五種。

Evaṃ nikāyavasena pañcavidhaṃ.
PTS 1.24緬 1.25已對照篇首

如何依支而為九種?因為這一切[佛語]正是成為經、應頌、記說、偈頌、自說、如是語、本生、未曾有法、智解(vedalla)[這]九分。此中,《兩部分別》《義釋》《犍度》《附隨》,《經集》中的《吉祥經》《寶經》《那羅迦經》《迅速經》,以及其餘以「經」為名的如來之語,應知[皆]為「經」。一切有偈的經應知為「應頌」,特別是《相應部》中整個《有偈品》。整個論藏、無偈的經,以及其餘不被[餘]八分所攝的佛語——那[一切]應知為「記說」。《法句》《長老偈》《長老尼偈》以及《經集》中不以「經」為名的純偈,應知為「偈頌」。那以喜悅智所成之偈相應的八十二部經應知為「自說」。那以「此是世尊所說」等方式轉起的一百一十部經應知為「如是語」。《無戲論本生》等五百五十個本生應知為「本生」。那以「諸比丘,阿難有這四種希有未曾有法」等方式轉起的(《長部》2.209)一切與希有未曾有法相應的諸經應知為「未曾有法」。《小智解》《大智解》《正見經》《帝釋所問》《行分別》《大滿月經》等一切一再得智(veda)與喜悅而問[答]的諸經應知為「智解」。如是,依支而為九種。

Kathaṃ aṅgavasena navavidhaṃ? Sabbameva hidaṃ suttaṃ, geyyaṃ, veyyākaraṇaṃ, gāthā, udānaṃ, itivuttakaṃ, jātakaṃ, abbhutadhammaṃ, vedallanti navappabhedaṃ hoti. Tattha ubhatovibhaṅganiddesakhandhakaparivārā, suttanipāte maṅgalasuttaratanasuttanālakasuttatuvaṭṭakasuttāni ca aññampi ca suttanāmakaṃ tathāgatavacanaṃ suttanti veditabbaṃ. Sabbampi sagāthakaṃ suttaṃ geyyanti veditabbaṃ. Visesena saṃyuttake sakalopi sagāthavaggo, sakalampi abhidhammapiṭakaṃ, niggāthakaṃ suttaṃ, yañca aññampi aṭṭhahi aṅgehi asaṅgahitaṃ buddhavacanaṃ, taṃ veyyākaraṇanti veditabbaṃ. Dhammapadaṃ, theragāthā, therīgāthā, suttanipāte nosuttanāmikā suddhikagāthā ca gāthāti veditabbā. Somanassaññāṇamayikagāthā paṭisaṃyuttā dveasīti suttantā udānanti veditabbaṃ. ‘‘Vuttañhetaṃ bhagavatā’’tiādinayappavattā dasuttarasatasuttantā itivuttakanti veditabbaṃ. Apaṇṇakajātakādīni paññāsādhikāni pañcajātakasatāni ‘jātaka’nti veditabbaṃ. ‘‘Cattārome, bhikkhave, acchariyā abbhutā dhammā ānande’’tiādinayappavattā (dī. ni. 2.209) sabbepi acchariyabbhutadhammapaṭisaṃyuttasuttantā abbhutadhammanti veditabbaṃ. Cūḷavedalla-mahāvedalla-sammādiṭṭhi-sakkapañha-saṅkhārabhājaniya-mahāpuṇṇamasuttādayo sabbepi vedañca tuṭṭhiñca laddhā laddhā pucchitasuttantā vedallanti veditabbaṃ. Evaṃ aṅgavasena navavidhaṃ.
已對照篇首

如何依法蘊而為八萬四千種?這一切佛語——

Kathaṃ dhammakkhandhavasena caturāsītisahassavidhaṃ? Sabbameva cetaṃ buddhavacanaṃ –
已對照篇首

「八萬二千[法]我從佛[處]領受,二千[法]從比丘[處領受];

‘‘Dvāsīti buddhato gaṇhiṃ, dve sahassāni bhikkhuto;
已對照篇首

[共]八萬四千[法蘊],是我所熟練的諸法。」

Caturāsīti sahassāni, ye me dhammā pavattino’’ti.
已對照篇首

如是,依[如上]所顯明的法蘊而成八萬四千分。此中,[只]有一個連貫(anusandhi)的經[即]一個法蘊。凡有多個連貫的[經],於其中[便]依連貫[之數]而計算法蘊。於諸偈所成[之經]中,問之提問[即]一個法蘊,解答[即]一個。於論[藏]中,每一個三法與二法的分別,以及每一個心欄(cittavāra)的分別,[各]是一個法蘊。於律中,有事(vatthu),有本母(mātikā),有句分別(padabhājanīya),有中間罪(antarāpatti),有罪(āpatti),有無罪(anāpatti),有三[句]之斷定(tikaccheda)。此中,每一個部分(koṭṭhāsa)應知[即]一個法蘊。如是,依法蘊而為八萬四千種。

Evaṃ paridīpitadhammakkhandhavasena caturāsītisahassappabhedaṃ hoti. Tattha ekānusandhikaṃ suttaṃ eko dhammakkhandho. Yaṃ anekānusandhikaṃ, tattha anusandhivasena dhammakkhandhagaṇanā. Gāthābandhesu pañhāpucchanaṃ eko dhammakkhandho, vissajjanaṃ eko. Abhidhamme ekamekaṃ tikadukabhājanaṃ, ekamekañca cittavārabhājanaṃ, ekameko dhammakkhandho. Vinaye atthi vatthu, atthi mātikā, atthi padabhājanīyaṃ, atthi antarāpatti, atthi āpatti, atthi anāpatti, atthi tikacchedo. Tattha ekameko koṭṭhāso ekameko dhammakkhandhoti veditabbo. Evaṃ dhammakkhandhavasena caturāsītisahassavidhaṃ.
PTS 1.25緬 1.26已對照篇首

如是,這依不分別而以味(rasa)為一種、依分別而以法與律等為二種等分的佛語,由結集[它]的以大迦葉為首的得自在者(vasī)之眾,確立了「這是法,這是律;這是初佛語,這是中佛語,這是後佛語;這是律藏,這是經藏,這是論藏;這是《長部》……乃至……這是《小部》;這些是經等九支;這些是八萬四千法蘊」這一分類之後,才正這樣結集的。而不[止]是這[一分類],其餘於三藏中所見的種種攝集之分——攝頌之攝集、品之攝集、略說之攝集、一集與二集等諸集之攝集、相應之攝集、五十[集]之攝集等——也正是確立了[之後],才於七個月中結集完畢的。

Evametaṃ abhedato rasavasena ekavidhaṃ, bhedato dhammavinayādivasena duvidhādibhedaṃ buddhavacanaṃ saṅgāyantena mahākassapappamukhena vasīgaṇena ‘‘ayaṃ dhammo, ayaṃ vinayo, idaṃ paṭhamabuddhavacanaṃ, idaṃ majjhimabuddhavacanaṃ, idaṃ pacchimabuddhavacanaṃ, idaṃ vinayapiṭakaṃ, idaṃ suttantapiṭakaṃ, idaṃ abhidhammapiṭakaṃ, ayaṃ dīghanikāyo…pe… ayaṃ khuddakanikāyo, imāni suttādīni navaṅgāni, imāni caturāsīti dhammakkhandhasahassānī’’ti, imaṃ pabhedaṃ vavatthapetvāva saṅgītaṃ. Na kevalañca imameva, aññampi uddānasaṅgaha-vaggasaṅgaha-peyyālasaṅgaha-ekakanipāta-dukanipātādinipātasaṅgaha-saṃyuttasaṅgaha-paṇṇāsasaṅgahādi-anekavidhaṃ tīsu piṭakesu sandissamānaṃ saṅgahappabhedaṃ vavatthapetvā eva sattahi māsehi saṅgītaṃ.
已對照篇首

而於[此]結集終了之時,這大地由「大迦葉長老已令十力[者]的教法堪於轉起五千年之量的時間」[這一念]所生起的歡悅,彷彿給予善哉[之聲]一般,以水為邊際,多種多樣地震動、遍震動、極震動、遍戰動;又有許多稀有[之事]顯現了。這[便]名為「第一次大結集」。它在世間——

Saṅgītipariyosāne cassa – ‘‘idaṃ mahākassapattherena dasabalassa sāsanaṃ pañcavassasahassaparimāṇakālaṃ pavattanasamatthaṃ kata’’nti sañjātappamodā sādhukāraṃ viya dadamānā ayaṃ mahāpathavī udakapariyantaṃ katvā anekappakāraṃ kampi saṅkampi sampakampi sampavedhi, anekāni ca acchariyāni pāturahesunti, ayaṃ paṭhamamahāsaṅgīti nāma. Yā loke –
已對照篇首

「由五百[位]所作,故[名]『五百[結集]』;

‘‘Satehi pañcahi katā, tena pañcasatāti ca;
已對照篇首

又由唯是諸長老所作,[故]被稱為『長老[結集]』。」

Thereheva katattā ca, therikāti pavuccatī’’ti.
已對照篇首

復注

已對照篇首

序論釋義

PTS 1.1緬 1.1已對照篇首

於釋義之初[所作]的三寶禮敬,是為了告知所應釋義之法的出處所依之清淨;而那[告知],是為了令諸有識者於法之諸釋義生起敬重;而那[敬重],是為了以彼等依受持、憶持等次第所應獲得的正行道,正正當當地成辦一切利益與安樂。 或者,由於是吉祥,由於是於一切作業中的先行之事,由於是諸智者所正行的,又由於將來使他人隨所見而行——[故]於釋義中[有]三寶敬禮之作業。 或者,作三寶敬禮是為了生起「供養應供養者」這一殊勝之福。而那[福]是為了令自己那以如所得的成就為因相的業生起力量,並且是為了使它中途不退縮;那兩者[則]是為了義注無有障礙地完成。 而正是這一目的為阿闍梨於此處所意指。正因如此,[他]將說「如是,由我這心意淨信者[所作]的……乃至……以它的威力」。 由對三事的供養,以無上福田之善成就,[所成]是威力不可計量的殊勝之福;故縱在障礙多種的世間聚居中,[它]也能摧毀那繫縛障礙的一切雜染,並遮止怖畏等災禍。如所說——

Saṃvaṇṇanārambhe ratanattayavandanā saṃvaṇṇetabbassa dhammassa pabhavanissayavisuddhipaṭivedanatthaṃ, taṃ pana dhammasaṃvaṇṇanāsu viññūnaṃ bahumānuppādanatthaṃ, taṃ sammadeva tesaṃ uggahadhāraṇādikkamaladdhabbāya sammāpaṭipattiyā sabbahitasukhanipphādanatthaṃ. Atha vā maṅgalabhāvato, sabbakiriyāsu pubbakiccabhāvato, paṇḍitehi sammācaritabhāvato, āyatiṃ paresaṃ diṭṭhānugatiāpajjanato ca saṃvaṇṇanāyaṃ ratanattayapaṇāmakiriyā. Atha vā ratanattayapaṇāmakaraṇaṃ pūjanīyapūjāpuññavisesanibbattanatthaṃ, taṃ attano yathāladdhasampattinimittakassa kammassa balānuppādanatthaṃ, antarā ca tassa asaṅkocanatthaṃ, tadubhayaṃ anantarāyena aṭṭhakathāya parisamāpanatthaṃ. Idameva ca payojanaṃ ācariyena idhādhippetaṃ. Tathā hi vakkhati – ‘‘iti me pasannamatino…pe… tassānubhāvenā’’ti. Vatthuttayapūjā hi niratisayapuññakkhettasambuddhiyā aparimeyyappabhāvo puññātisayoti bahuvidhantarāyepi lokasannivāse antarāyanibandhanasakalasaṃkilesaviddhaṃsanāya pahoti, bhayādiupaddavañca nivāreti. Yathāha –
已對照篇首

「對應供養者作供養,無論[是]對佛陀或[對]諸弟子」等(《法句》195;《譬喻》1.10.1);同樣——

‘‘Pūjārahe pūjayato, buddhe yadi va sāvake’’tiādi (dha. pa. 1.195; apa. 1.10.1), tathā –
PTS 1.2已對照篇首

「諸比丘,凡對佛有淨信者,即是對最上者有淨信;而對最上者有淨信者,[其]異熟是最上的」等(《增支部》4.34;《如是語》90);

‘‘Ye bhikkhave buddhe pasannā, agge te pasannā. Agge kho pana pasannānaṃ aggo vipāko hotī’’tiādi (a. ni. 4.34; itivu. 90).
緬 1.2已對照篇首

「凡稱說『佛陀』者, 身中所生的那喜——

‘‘Buddhoti kittayantassa, kāye bhavati yā pīti;
已對照篇首

那喜確實更為殊勝, 勝過整個閻浮提(Jambudīpa)。

Varameva hi sā pīti, kasiṇenapi jambudīpassa.
已對照篇首

[稱說]『法』者……乃至……[稱說]『僧』者……乃至……[縱以]整個[閻浮]洲[之所有相比亦然]。」(《長部義注》1.6)

Dhammoti…pe… saṅghoti…pe… dīpassā’’ti. (dī. ni. aṭṭha. 1.6);
Tathā –
已對照篇首

同樣——

已對照篇首

「摩訶男(Mahānāma),當聖弟子隨念如來之時,他於那時心不為貪所纏縛,不為瞋……乃至……心不為痴所纏縛」等(《增支部》6.10;11.11);

‘‘Yasmiṃ, mahānāma, samaye ariyasāvako tathāgataṃ anussarati, nevassa tasmiṃ samaye rāgapariyuṭṭhitaṃ cittaṃ hoti, na dosa…pe… na mohapariyuṭṭhitaṃ cittaṃ hotī’’tiādi (a. ni. 6.10; 11.11),
已對照篇首

「[無論]在林中、樹下……乃至……

‘‘Araññe rukkhamūle vā…pe…
已對照篇首

或是怖畏,或是驚愕,

Bhayaṃ vā chambhitattaṃ vā,
已對照篇首

或是毛豎——[這些]都將不生。」(《相應部》1.249)

Lomahaṃso na hessatī’’ti. (saṃ. ni. 1.249) ca
已對照篇首

此中,為顯示他所欲禮敬的那三事具有殊勝功德,[阿闍梨]以「[他]心因悲而清涼」等語說了三首偈。因為由具殊勝功德而有應受禮敬之性,而對應受禮敬者所作的禮敬能成辦如所意指的目的。 此中,他所欲釋義的那一教說,既不像律的教說那樣以悲為主,也不像阿毗達摩的教說那樣以慧為主,而是以悲與慧為主;因此,為先作那以此二者為主的、對正等正覺者的讚歎——[因為]其餘諸寶以他為根本——[故]說了「[他]心因悲而清涼」等語。

Tattha yassa vatthuttayassa vandanaṃ kattukāmo, tassa guṇātisayayogasandassanatthaṃ ‘‘karuṇāsītalahadaya’’ntiādinā gāthattayamāha. Guṇātisayayogena hi vandanārahabhāvo, vandanārahe ca katā vandanā yathādhippetappayojanaṃ sādhetīti. Tattha yassā desanāya saṃvaṇṇanaṃ kattukāmo, sā na vinayadesanā viya karuṇāppadhānā, nāpi abhidhammadesanā viya paññāppadhānā, atha kho karuṇāpaññāppadhānāti tadubhayappadhānameva tāva sammāsambuddhassa thomanaṃ kātuṃ taṃmūlakattā sesaratanānaṃ ‘‘karuṇāsītalahadaya’’ntiādi vuttaṃ.
PTS 1.3緬 1.3已對照篇首

此中,「散除(kirati)」故為「悲(karuṇā)」,義即驅散、除去他人之苦。或者,「傷害(kiṇāti)」故為「悲」,義即他人有苦時,[它]損傷、惱害有悲者。或者,他人有苦時,[它]使諸善人震動、令心憂戚,故為「悲」。或者,「kam」即樂,[它]遮止那[樂],故為「悲」——因為它以欲除他人之苦為相,由不顧自樂而遮止、障礙有悲者的樂。 因悲而清涼,[故為]「因悲而清涼」;他的心因悲而清涼,故為「心因悲而清涼者」;[禮敬]那位「心因悲而清涼」者。 此中,雖然慈與喜也因其以為他人帶來利益、不欲其樂等衰減為自性,又因是瞋恨與不樂的正對治,[從而]以斷除眾生相續中之熱惱的行相而轉起,故也可得「令心清涼之因」[這一性質];然而悲——它以除苦的行相而轉起,以不堪他人之受苦為味,[即]是不害——特別地如心輕安一般,是世尊之心清涼之性的因相;[故]說了「[他]心因悲而清涼」。 或者應知:以悲為門,慈與喜的「令心清涼之因」性也[一併]被說到了。

Tattha kiratīti karuṇā, paradukkhaṃ vikkhipati, apanetīti attho. Atha vā kiṇātīti karuṇā, paradukkhe sati kāruṇikaṃ hiṃsati, vibādhatīti attho, paradukkhe sati sādhūnaṃ kampanaṃ hadayakhedaṃ karotīti vā karuṇā. Atha vā kamiti sukhaṃ, taṃ rundhatīti karuṇā. Esā hi paradukkhāpanayanakāmatālakkhaṇā, attasukhanirapekkhatāya kāruṇikānaṃ sukhaṃ rundhati vibandhatīti. Karuṇāya sītalaṃ karuṇāsītalaṃ, karuṇāsītalaṃ hadayaṃ assāti karuṇāsītalahadayo, taṃ karuṇāsītalahadayaṃ. Tattha kiñcāpi paresaṃ hitopasaṃhārasukhādiaparihānicchanasabhāvatāya, byāpādāratīnaṃ ujuvipaccanīkatāya ca sattasantānagatasantāpavicchedanākārappavattiyā mettāmuditānampi cittasītalabhāvakāraṇatā upalabbhati, tathāpi dukkhāpanayanākārappavattiyā parūpatāpāsahanarasā avihiṃsābhūtā karuṇā visesena bhagavato cittassa cittapassaddhi viya sītībhāvanimittanti vuttaṃ ‘‘karuṇāsītalahadaya’’nti. Karuṇāmukhena vā mettāmuditānampi hadayasītalabhāvakāraṇatā vuttāti daṭṭhabbaṃ.
PTS 1.4已對照篇首

或者,那作為不共殊勝智之所繫的、且如一切知智(sabbaññutaññāṇa)一般以遍佈自境而極為殊勝、又無有餘剩地趣得大悲之性的悲,才是世尊心清涼之性的殊勝之因;[故阿闍梨]說「[他]心因悲而清涼」。 或者,縱然慈與喜也系屬於殊勝的心清涼之性,然而由於[悲]是一切佛德殊勝之因,也是那[慈喜二者]之因,故唯悲被說為世尊的令心清涼之因。因為一切佛德皆以悲為因緣。 因為世尊由悲的威力而令輪迴之苦的熱惱息滅;他由欲除他人之苦,縱經多阿僧祇(asaṅkheyya)劫也毫無疲厭之相,決定要無餘地積集諸佛所作之法,並已證得法增上性;故縱然那些由眾生與諸行所帶來的、能令心熱惱的因相就在近前,他心清涼之性也不曾有絲毫的變異。 而於這一義之分別中,應知世尊在三種階位中的悲都已被攝取。

Atha vā asādhāraṇañāṇavisesanibandhanabhūtā sātisayaṃ niravasesañca sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ viya savisayabyāpitāya mahākaruṇābhāvaṃ upagatā karuṇāva bhagavato atisayena hadayasītalabhāvahetūti āha ‘‘karuṇāsītalahadaya’’nti. Atha vā satipi mettāmuditānaṃ sātisaye hadayasītībhāvanibandhanatte sakalabuddhaguṇavisesakāraṇatāya tāsampi kāraṇanti karuṇāva bhagavato hadayasītalabhāvakāraṇaṃ vuttā. Karuṇānidānā hi sabbepi buddhaguṇā. Karuṇānubhāvanibbāpiyamānasaṃsāradukkhasantāpassa hi bhagavato paradukkhāpanayanakāmatāya anekānipi asaṅkheyyāni kappānaṃ akilantarūpasseva niravasesabuddhakaradhammasambharaṇaniyatassa samadhigatadhammādhipateyyassa ca sannihitesupi sattasaṅkhārasamupanītahadayūpatāpanimittesu na īsakampi cittasītībhāvassaññathattamahosīti. Etasmiñca atthavikappe tīsupi avatthāsu bhagavato karuṇā saṅgahitāti daṭṭhabbaṃ.
已對照篇首

[它能]了知,故為「慧(paññā)」,義即以種種方式如自性而通達。慧本身由於斷除所知障(ñeyyāvaraṇa),以種種方式照明諸法自性之義,[故]即是「燈(pajjota)」,[故為]「慧燈」。由於是連同習氣而斷(savāsanappahāna),[故]被格外地破除、拔除,[即]「破除(vihata)」。以慧燈而被破除[即]「以慧燈破除」。[人們]以它而迷,或它自身迷,或那[法]唯是迷本身,故為「痴(moha)」,即無明。也正是它,由於遮蔽境之自性,與黑暗相似,猶如暗,故為「暗(tamo)」。他有那以慧燈所破除的痴暗,故為「以慧燈破除了痴暗者」;[禮敬]那「以慧燈破除了痴暗者」。因為一切漏盡者雖然都以慧燈破除了無明之暗,然而正如見至者(diṭṭhippatta)[的煩惱斷除]與依信而勝解者(saddhādhimutta)[的]有別,正等正覺者的煩惱斷除也由於是連同習氣而斷,與諸聲聞及諸獨覺佛[的]有別;所以[阿闍梨]是以格外的斷無明來稱揚世尊,才說「以慧燈破除了痴暗」。

Pajānātīti paññā, yathāsabhāvaṃ pakārehi paṭivijjhatīti attho. Paññāva ñeyyāvaraṇappahānato pakārehi dhammasabhāvāvajotanaṭṭhena pajjototi paññāpajjoto, savāsanappahānato visesena hataṃ samugghāṭitaṃ vihataṃ, paññāpajjotena vihataṃ paññāpajjotavihataṃ. Muyhanti tena, sayaṃ vā muyhati, mohanamattameva vā tanti moho, avijjā, sveva visayasabhāvapaṭicchādanato andhakārasarikkhatāya tamo viyāti tamo, paññāpajjotavihato mohatamo etassāti paññāpajjotavihatamohatamo, taṃ paññāpajjotavihatamohatamaṃ. Sabbesampi hi khīṇāsavānaṃ satipi paññāpajjotena avijjāndhakārassa vihatabhāve saddhādhimuttehi viya diṭṭhippattānaṃ sāvakehi, paccekasambuddhehi ca savāsanappahānena sammāsambuddhānaṃ kilesappahānassa viseso vijjatīti sātisayena avijjāppahānena bhagavantaṃ thomento āha ‘‘paññāpajjotavihatamohatama’’nti.
緬 1.4已對照篇首

或者,由於不藉他人之教導而於自己的相續中令無明之暗畢竟離去,又由於已於其中證得一切知性與於諸力的自在之性,並且由於以殊勝說法之威力而於他人的相續中正正當當地令那[離暗]轉起,[故]唯世尊應特別以痴暗之離去而受讚歎——[故阿闍梨]說「以慧燈破除了痴暗」。 而於這一義之分別中,應知以「慧燈」一句,世尊的通達慧與說法慧一樣,都依總說、或依「餘一(ekasesa)」之法而被攝取。

Atha vā antarena paropadesaṃ attano santāne accantaṃ avijjāndhakāravigamassa nibbattitattā, tattha ca sabbaññutāya, balesu ca vasībhāvassa samadhigatattā, parasantatiyañca dhammadesanātisayānubhāvena sammadeva tassa pavattitattā bhagavāva visesato mohatamavigamena thometabboti āha ‘‘paññāpajjotavihatamohatama’’nti. Imasmiñca atthavikappe ‘‘paññāpajjoto’’ti padena bhagavato paṭivedhapaññā viya desanāpaññāpi sāmaññaniddesena ekasesanayena vā saṅgahitāti daṭṭhabbaṃ.
PTS 1.5已對照篇首

或者,由於世尊之智以所知為邊際,[故]以那能覺了一切所知法自性的、稱為無障礙智(anāvaraṇañāṇa)的慧燈,覆蔽一切所知法自性的痴暗已被摧破;[阿闍梨]以「世尊的痴暗之壞滅是不共他者的」[這一意思]而說了「以慧燈破除了痴暗」。 而此中應知:由於無障礙智是在痴暗被摧破之後所證得的,[故]依因之假說,[它]於自相續中[即是]痴暗的摧破。 因為由發願(abhinīhāra)的成就,諸煩惱的「連同習氣而斷」本身即是「所知障的斷除」;而於他人的相續中,由於[它]是痴暗摧破之因,[故]無障礙智[也]被說為「痴暗的摧破」。

Atha vā bhagavato ñāṇassa ñeyyapariyantikattā sakalañeyyadhammasabhāvābodhanasamatthena anāvaraṇañāṇasaṅkhātena paññāpajjotena sabbañeyyadhammasabhāvacchādakassa mohandhakārassa vidhamitattā anaññasādhāraṇo bhagavato mohatamavināsoti katvā vuttaṃ ‘‘paññāpajjotavihatamohatama’’nti. Ettha ca mohatamavidhamanante adhigatattā anāvaraṇañāṇaṃ kāraṇūpacārena sakasantāne mohatamavidhamanaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Abhinīhārasampattiyā savāsanappahānameva hi kilesānaṃ ‘‘ñeyyāvaraṇappahāna’’nti, parasantāne pana mohatamavidhamanassa kāraṇabhāvato anāvaraṇañāṇaṃ ‘‘mohatamavidhamana’’nti vuccatīti.
已對照篇首

[設難:]那麼是什麼緣故,唯取無明的破除這一項作為依斷之成就而讚歎世尊的因相,而不[取]那殊勝的、無有餘剩的斷煩惱呢?——[通釋:]因為以說那[無明]之斷,由於[諸煩惱]與它同一依處,一切雜染之聚的根除便已被照明瞭。因為並沒有那樣一種煩惱,是不因無餘地斷無明而被斷的。 或者,正如明是一切善法生起[的主因],無明也是一切不善法生起與輪迴轉起的主因;故以說它的破除,一切雜染之聚的根除便已被說到了——[故]說「以慧燈破除了痴暗」。

Kiṃ pana kāraṇaṃ avijjāvigghāto yeveko pahānasampattivasena bhagavato thomanānimittaṃ gayhati, na pana sātisayaniravasesakilesappahānanti? Tappahānavacaneneva tadekaṭṭhatāya sakalasaṃkilesagaṇasamugghātajotitabhāvato. Na hi so tādiso kileso atthi, yo niravasesaavijjāppahānena na pahīyatīti. Atha vā vijjā viya sakalakusaladhammasamuppattiyā niravasesākusaladhammanibbattiyā, saṃsārappavattiyā ca avijjā padhānakāraṇanti tabbigghātavacanena sakalasaṃkilesagaṇasamugghāto vuttoyeva hotīti vuttaṃ ‘‘paññāpajjotavihatamohatama’’nti.
PTS 1.6緬 1.5已對照篇首

諸人與諸不死者[合稱]「人與天(narāmara)」;「與人天俱」故為「含人天(sanarāmara)」;「含人天」而又是世間,故為「含人與天之世間」;是那[世間]的尊重者,故為「含人與天之世間的尊重者」;[禮敬]那位「含人與天之世間的尊重者」。 以此顯示:正如對諸天與諸人,世尊對其餘眾生也隨其所應帶來殊勝功德,[故]有施恩之性。 而此處不應詰責主與非主之性。因為聲的次第是一回事,義的次第是另一回事。因為在這樣的複合詞中,主者也如非主者那樣被舉示,如「含王之眾(sarājikāya parisāya)」(《譬喻義注》1.82)。 此處世間固然依眾生、諸行、器[世間]而有三種;然而由於所意指的是尊重之性,[而]唯能作尊重者才相應,[故]應依眾生世間取義——因為諸福與諸惡及其異熟於其中被見,[故]它被稱為「世間」。而此處以取「不死者」,所意指的是生天(upapattideva)[諸天]。

Narā ca amarā ca narāmarā, saha narāmarehīti sanarāmaro, sanarāmaro ca so loko cāti sanarāmaraloko, tassa garuti sanarāmaralokagaru, taṃ sanarāmaralokagaruṃ. Etena devamanussānaṃ viya tadavasiṭṭhasattānampi yathārahaṃ guṇavisesāvahato bhagavato upakāritaṃ dasseti. Na cettha padhānāpadhānabhāvo codetabbo. Añño hi saddakkamo, añño atthakkamo. Edisesu hi samāsapadesu padhānampi appadhānaṃ viya niddisīyati yathā – ‘‘sarājikāya parisāyā’’ti (apa. aṭṭha. 1.82). Kāmañcettha sattasaṅkhārabhājanavasena tividho loko, garubhāvassa pana adhippetattā garukaraṇasamatthasseva yujjanato sattalokassavasena attho gahetabbo. So hi lokiyanti ettha puññapāpāni tabbipāko cāti ‘‘loko’’ti vuccati. Amaraggahaṇena cettha upapattidevā adhippetā.
已對照篇首

或者,「世間(loka)」一語[取]聚之義——[即]依集聚而被見、被施設。與人俱,故為「含人的(sanarā)」;既是含人的、又是天,故為「含人之天(sanarāmarā)」;[彼是]他們的世間,故為「含人與天之世間」——應依前面的方式配合。而此中以「天(amara)」一語,清淨天(visuddhideva)也被收攝了;因為他們由於無有死,就真實義而言[確是]「不死者」。[至於]唯取人與天,是依就勝者而說(ukkaṭṭhaniddesa),猶如「天與人之師」(《長部》1.157)那樣。正因如此:由於[他具]以遣除一切無益為前導的、專致於安排無餘的利益與安樂的、無上的行持之成就,由於[他]對連同諸天的人眾畢竟有益,又由於[他]具足不可量度、無可比擬的威力與殊勝功德——世尊是一切眾生中最上者,是無量世界界中無量眾生的最上尊重之處。故說「含人與天之世間的尊重者」。

Atha vā samūhattho loka-saddo samudāyavasena lokīyati paññāpīyatīti. Saha narehīti sanarā, sanarā ca te amarā ceti sanarāmarā, tesaṃ lokoti sanarāmaralokoti purimanayeneva yojetabbaṃ. Amara-saddena cettha visuddhidevāpi saṅgayhanti. Te hi maraṇābhāvato paramatthato amarā. Narāmarānaṃyeva ca gahaṇaṃ ukkaṭṭhaniddesavasena, yathā – ‘‘satthā devamanussāna’’nti (dī. ni. 1.157). Tathā hi sabbānatthapariharaṇapubbaṅgamāya niravasesahitasukhavidhānatapparāya niratisayāya payogasampattiyā sadevamanussāya pajāya accantupakāritāya, aparimitanirupamappabhāvaguṇavisesasamaṅgitāya ca sabbasattuttamo bhagavā aparimāṇāsu lokadhātūsu aparimāṇānaṃ sattānaṃ uttamaṃ gāravaṭṭhānaṃ, tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘sanarāmaralokagaru’’nti.
PTS 1.7已對照篇首

他的所往、[即]行走是美好的,故為「善逝(sugata)」。因為世尊往趣所化之人,由於必定成辦他們的利益與安樂,[故是]美好的;同樣,由於[他的]色身以[大丈夫]相與隨好(lakkhaṇānubyañjana)(《長部》2.33;3.198-200;《中部》2.385、386)所莊嚴,[他的]身之行走離於急速、遲緩、躓跌、拖行、重壓、蹲行、歪斜、雜亂等諸過失,[如]優美的王鵝、牛王、龍象與獸王之行走;而[他的]智之行走,則以廣大無垢的悲、念、精進等殊勝功德為伴,從發願直至大菩提皆無可責難——[故]正是美好的。

Sobhanaṃ gataṃ gamanaṃ etassāti sugato. Bhagavato hi veneyyajanupasaṅkamanaṃ ekantena tesaṃ hitasukhanipphādanato sobhanaṃ, tathā lakkhaṇānubyañjana (dī. ni. 2.33; 3.198-200; ma. ni. 2.385, 386) paṭimaṇḍitarūpakāyatāyadutavilambita- khalitānukaḍḍhananippīḷanukkuṭikakuṭilākulatādidosarahitaṃ vilāsitarājahaṃsavasabhavāraṇamigarājagamanaṃ kāyagamanaṃ ñāṇagamanañca vipulanimmalakaruṇāsativīriyādiguṇavisesasahitamabhinīhārato yāva mahābodhi anavajjatāya sobhanamevāti.
緬 1.6已對照篇首

或者,以自生智(sayambhuñāṇa)依遍知現觀而遍知整個世間,[如是]以智正行、[即]正覺了,故為「善逝」;同樣,依斷現觀而斷世間之集、令[它]成為不再生起之法,[如是]正行、[即]已越過,故為「善逝」;依作證現觀[而行於]世間之滅、[即]涅槃,[如是]正行、[即]已證得,故為「善逝」;依修習現觀[而行於]趣向世間之滅的行道,[如是]正行、[即]已行道,故為「善逝」。 此義應依「凡以須陀洹道所斷的諸煩惱,他不再回到、不再返回、不再復來於那些煩惱,故為『善逝』」等之法而闡明。 或者,已行、[即]已證得美好之處、[即]正等正覺,或[即]涅槃,故為「善逝」。 或者,由於[他]所說的法是真實的、如實的、有義利的,並且對所化者隨其所應而合於時的,所以「正說(sammā gadati)」,故為「善逝」——是把 da 音作成 ta 音[而成]。 如是,由行走美好之性等[義]而為「善逝」;[禮敬]那「善逝」。

Atha vā sayambhuñāṇena sakalampi lokaṃ pariññābhisamayavasena parijānanto ñāṇena sammā gato avagatoti sugato. Tathā lokasamudayaṃ pahānābhisamayavasena pajahanto anuppattidhammataṃ āpādento sammā gato atītoti sugato. Lokanirodhaṃ nibbānaṃ sacchikiriyābhisamayavasena sammā gato adhigatoti sugato. Lokanirodhagāminipaṭipadaṃ bhāvanābhisamayavasena sammā gato paṭipannoti sugato. Sotāpattimaggena ye kilesā pahīnā, te kilese na puneti, na pacceti, na paccāgacchatīti sugatotiādinā nayena ayamattho vibhāvetabbo. Atha vā sundaraṃ ṭhānaṃ sammāsambodhiṃ nibbānameva vā gato adhigatoti sugato. Yasmā vā bhūtaṃ tacchaṃ atthasañhitaṃ vineyyānaṃ yathārahaṃ kālayuttameva ca dhammaṃ bhāsati, tasmā sammā gadatīti sugato, da-kārassa ta-kāraṃ katvā. Iti sobhanagamanatādīhi sugato, taṃ sugataṃ.
已對照篇首

由諸福業與惡業依受生而應趣往,[故為]「諸趣(gatiyo)」,[即]生有的差別;而它們依地獄等而有五種。由於以證得聖道使一切趣有之業成為不應有異熟,[從而]已從那些[趣]退轉,[故]世尊善解脫於五趣、已離系;[故阿闍梨]說「已解脫諸趣的」。 以此顯示世尊不攝屬於任何一趣,由此世尊被稱為「天中天(devātideva)」。正因如此說——

Puññapāpakammehi upapajjanavasena gantabbato gatiyo, upapattibhavavisesā. Tā pana nirayādivasena pañcavidhā, tāhi sakalassāpi bhavagāmikammassa ariyamaggādhigamena avipākārahabhāvakaraṇena nivattitattā bhagavā pañcahipi gatīhi suṭṭhu mutto visaṃyuttoti āha – ‘‘gativimutta’’nti. Etena bhagavato katthacipi gatiyā apariyāpannataṃ dasseti, yato bhagavā ‘‘devātidevo’’ti vuccati, tenevāha –
已對照篇首

「由於它[我]將生為天, 或[生為]空行的乾闥婆;

‘‘Yena devūpapatyassa, gandhabbo vā vihaṅgamo;
已對照篇首

由於它[我]將趣往夜叉之性, 或來至人之性——

Yakkhattaṃ yena gaccheyyaṃ, manussattañca abbaje;
已對照篇首

我的那些漏已盡, 已摧毀、已除根。」(《增支部》4.36)

Te mayhaṃ āsavā khīṇā, viddhastā vinaḷīkatā’’ti. (a. ni. 4.36);
PTS 1.8已對照篇首

因為能招致各各趣的業與煩惱,[世尊]已以最上道就在菩提樹下善為斷除,所以世尊不攝屬於諸趣;[故]世尊從一切有、生、趣、識住、眾生居與眾生類中畢竟善為解脫。[禮敬]那「已解脫諸趣」[者]。「我禮敬(vande)」者:義即我敬禮,或我稱揚。

Taṃtaṃgatisaṃvattanakānañhi kammakilesānaṃ aggamaggena bodhimūleyeva suppahīnattā natthi bhagavato gatipariyāpannatāti accantameva bhagavā sabbabhavayonigativiññāṇaṭṭhitisattāvāsasattanikāyehi suparimutto, taṃ gativimuttaṃ. Vandeti namāmi, thomemīti vā attho.
緬 1.7已對照篇首

或者,「已解脫諸趣的」是以無餘依涅槃界之證得讚歎世尊。因為此中應知世尊的讚歎有二種行相:依自利之成就與依利他之行道。其中,自利之成就應依證得無障礙智、畢竟斷除一切連同習氣的煩惱、及證得無餘依涅槃而知;利他之行道[則應依]:以不顧利養、恭敬等之心而說出離一切苦之法,縱對相違者也常有利益之意樂,又[待所化者]智成熟之時而來[教化]。 而此中,利他之行道依意樂與加行有二種,自利之成就有三種,[如是]被顯示出來。如何[顯示]呢?——以「[他]心因悲而清涼」[顯示]依意樂的利他之行道;以「正說」義的「善逝」一語[顯示]依加行的利他之行道;以「以慧燈破除了痴暗」「已解脫諸趣的」這[二句]與「通達四諦」義的「善逝」一語[顯示]三種自利之成就;又以其餘[之語]及「以慧燈破除了痴暗」這[一句],則一切自利之成就與利他之行道都被顯示了。

Atha vā gativimuttanti anupādisesanibbānadhātuppattiyā bhagavantaṃ thometi. Ettha hi dvīhākārehi bhagavato thomanā veditabbā – attahitasampattito, parahitapaṭipattito ca. Tesu attahitasampatti anāvaraṇañāṇādhigamato, savāsanānaṃ sabbesaṃ kilesānaṃ accantappahānato, anupādisesanibbānappattito ca veditabbā. Parahitapaṭipatti lābhasakkārādinirapekkhacittassa sabbadukkhaniyyānikadhammadesanāto, viruddhesupi niccaṃ hitajjhāsayato, ñāṇaparipākakālāgamanato ca. Sā panettha āsayato payogato ca duvidhā parahitapaṭipatti, tividhā ca attahitasampatti pakāsitā hoti. Kathaṃ? ‘‘Karuṇāsītalahadaya’’nti etena āsayato parahitapaṭipatti, sammā gadanatthena sugata-saddena payogato parahitapaṭipatti, ‘‘paññāpajjotavihatamohatamaṃ gativimutta’’nti etehi catusaccapaṭivedhatthena ca sugata-saddena tividhāpi attahitasampatti, avasiṭṭhena, ‘‘paññāpajjotavihatamohatama’’nti etena ca sabbāpi attahitasampattiparahitapaṭipatti pakāsitā hotīti.
PTS 1.9已對照篇首

或者,應知世尊的讚歎有三種行相——依因、依果、依施恩。此中,因是大悲,它以第一句顯示。果有四種:智成就、斷成就、威力成就、色身成就。其中,智成就與斷成就以第二句及「通達[四]諦」義的「善逝」一語顯示;威力成就以第三句,色身成就以如上所說「身之行善美」義的「善逝」一語[顯示]——因為若無[三十二]相與[八十]隨好的圓滿(《長部》2.33;3.198-200;《中部》2.385-386),便無那[身行之善美]。 施恩,[即]對[眾生]作內人、不作外人,以三乘之門[而作]的解脫法之教說;應知它以「正說」義的「善逝」一語顯示。

Atha vā tīhākārehi bhagavato thomanā veditabbā – hetuto, phalato, upakārato ca. Tattha hetu mahākaruṇā, sā paṭhamapadena nidassitā. Phalaṃ catubbidhaṃ – ñāṇasampadā, pahānasampadā, ānubhāvasampadā, rūpakāyasampadā cāti. Tāsu ñāṇappahānasampadā dutiyapadena saccappaṭivedhatthena ca sugata-saddena pakāsitā honti. Ānubhāvasampadā tatiyapadena, rūpakāyasampadā yathāvuttakāyagamanasobhanatthena sugata-saddena, lakkhaṇānubyañjanapāripūriyā (dī. ni. 2.33; 3.198-200; ma. ni. 2.385-386) vinā tadabhāvato. Upakāro antaraṃ abāhiraṃ karitvā tividhayānamukhena vimuttidhammadesanā, so sammā gadanatthena sugata-saddena pakāsito hotīti veditabbaṃ.
緬 1.8已對照篇首

此中,以「[他]心因悲而清涼」顯示正等正覺之根本。因為世尊意為大悲所激發,為把眾生從輪迴的泥沼中救出而作了發願,次第圓滿諸波羅蜜(pāramī),[而後]證得無上正等正覺;故悲是正等正覺之根本。 以「以慧燈破除了痴暗」顯示正等正覺。因為以無障礙智為足處的道智,與以道智為足處的無障礙智,[二者]被稱為「正等正覺」。 以「正說」義的「善逝」一語顯示正等正覺之行道——因為「善逝」一語顯示的是那離於退縮與掉舉、住立與勤勇、欲樂耽溺與自苦行、常見與斷見之執取等二邊的、為悲與慧所攝持的中道。 以其餘[諸句]顯示正等正覺的主與非主之別的目的。因為此中把眾生從輪迴的大暴流中度脫是主要目的,其餘的是非主要的。其中以主要[目的]顯示利他之行道,以另一[目的顯示]自利之成就;以那二者顯示:於「為自利而行道者」等(《人施設論》24、173)四種人中,世尊是第四種人。又以此顯示[世尊]是無上應施者之性、最上應禮敬者之性,以及他對自己的禮敬之業而言是田之所歸。

Tattha ‘‘karuṇāsītalahadaya’’nti etena sammāsambodhiyā mūlaṃ dasseti. Mahākaruṇāsañcoditamānaso hi bhagavā saṃsārapaṅkato sattānaṃ samuddharaṇatthaṃ katābhinīhāro anupubbena pāramiyo pūretvā anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ adhigatoti karuṇā sammāsambodhiyā mūlaṃ. ‘‘Paññāpajjotavihatamohatama’’nti etena sammāsambodhiṃ dasseti. Anāvaraṇañāṇapadaṭṭhānañhi maggañāṇaṃ, maggañāṇapadaṭṭhānañca anāvaraṇañāṇaṃ ‘‘sammāsambodhī’’ti vuccatīti. Sammā gadanatthena sugata-saddena sammāsambodhiyā paṭipattiṃ dasseti, līnuddhaccapatiṭṭhānāyūhanakāmasukhallikattakilamathānuyoga- sassatucchedābhinivesādiantadvayarahitāya karuṇāpaññāpariggahitāya majjhimāya paṭipattiyā pakāsanato sugata-saddassa. Itarehi sammāsambodhiyā padhānāppadhānabhedaṃ payojanaṃ dasseti. Saṃsāramahoghato sattasantāraṇañcettha padhānaṃ payojanaṃ, tadaññamappadhānaṃ. Tesu padhānena parahitappaṭipattiṃ dasseti, itarena attahitasampattiṃ, tadubhayena attahitāya paṭipannādīsu (pu. pa. 24, 173) catūsu puggalesu bhagavato catutthapuggalabhāvaṃ dasseti. Tena ca anuttaradakkhiṇeyyabhāvaṃ uttamavandanīyabhāvaṃ, attano ca vandanakiriyāya khettaṅgatabhāvaṃ dasseti.
PTS 1.10已對照篇首

而此中,以取「悲」,由於闡明諸世間[法]中達於廣大之性的不共功德,[故]世尊的一切世間功德之成就被顯示;以取「慧」,由於闡明以一切知智為足處的道智,[故顯示]一切出世間功德之成就——因為由取那二者所成之義,以「含人與天之世間的尊重者」等語而得開演。 又以取「悲」顯示無有隨煩惱的趣近,以取「慧」[顯示]遠離。 同樣,以取「悲」顯示世尊隨順世間通稱的轉起——因為悲以世間言說為境;以取「慧」[顯示]不超越通稱——因為由不覺了諸法的自性,才有超越通稱而執取眾生等[之事]。 同樣,以取「悲」顯示大悲等至住,以取「慧」[顯示]於三時無有障礙之智、四諦智、四無礙解智、四無畏智。 由於以取「悲」已取了大悲等至智,[故以取「慧」]依其餘諸不共智、六神通、於八眾中(《中部》1.151)的不動智、十力、十四佛智、十六智行、十八佛法(《長部義注》3.305;《分別論根本復注》〈序論釋義〉)、四十四智事(《相應部》2.34)、七十七智事(《相應部》2.34)等等眾多慧之差別,顯示智之行。

Ettha ca karuṇāggahaṇena lokiyesu mahaggatabhāvappattāsādhāraṇaguṇadīpanato bhagavato sabbalokiyaguṇasampatti dassitā hoti, paññāggahaṇena sabbaññutaññāṇapadaṭṭhānamaggañāṇadīpanato sabbalokuttaraguṇasampatti. Tadubhayaggahaṇasiddho hi attho ‘‘sanarāmaralokagaru’’ntiādinā vipañcīyatīti. Karuṇāggahaṇena ca upagamanaṃ nirupakkilesaṃ dasseti, paññāggahaṇena apagamanaṃ. Tathā karuṇāggahaṇena lokasamaññānurūpaṃ bhagavato pavattiṃ dasseti, lokavohāravisayattā karuṇāya, paññāggahaṇena samaññāyānavidhāvanaṃ. Sabhāvānavabodhena hi dhammānaṃ samaññaṃ atidhāvitvā sattādiparāmasanaṃ hotīti. Tathā karuṇāggahaṇena mahākaruṇāsamāpattivihāraṃ dasseti, paññāggahaṇena tīsu kālesu appaṭihatañāṇaṃ, catusaccañāṇaṃ, catuppaṭisambhidāñāṇaṃ, catuvessārajjañāṇaṃ. Karuṇāggahaṇena mahākaruṇāsamāpattiñāṇassa gahitattā sesāsādhāraṇañāṇāni, cha abhiññā, aṭṭhasu parisāsu (ma. ni. 1.151) akampanañāṇāni, dasa balāni, cuddasa buddhañāṇāni, soḷasa ñāṇacariyā, aṭṭhārasa buddhadhammā, (dī. ni. aṭṭha. 3.305; vibha. mūla. ṭī. ganthārambhavaṇṇanāya) catucattārīsa ñāṇavatthūni, (saṃ. ni. 2.34) sattasattati ñāṇavatthūnīti (saṃ. ni. 2.34) evamādīnaṃ anekesaṃ paññāppabhedānaṃ vasena ñāṇacāraṃ dasseti.
PTS 1.11緬 1.9已對照篇首

同樣,以取「悲」[顯示]行成就,以取「慧」[顯示]明成就。以取「悲」[顯示]眾生增上性,以取「慧」[顯示]法增上性。以取「悲」[顯示]世間依怙之性,以取「慧」[顯示]自依怙之性。同樣,以取「悲」[顯示]先施恩之性,以取「慧」[顯示]知恩。同樣,以取「悲」[顯示]不苦他之性,以取「慧」[顯示]不自苦之性。或者以取「悲」[顯示]諸佛所作之法的成就,以取「慧」[顯示]佛的境界之成就。同樣,以取「悲」[顯示]度脫他人,以取「慧」[顯示]自度。同樣,以取「悲」[顯示]於一切眾生有攝益之心,以取「慧」[顯示]於一切法有離貪之心。 而於一切佛德,悲是初——由於[它們]以它為因緣;慧是終——由於在它之上無有應作。如是,由顯示初與終,一切佛德便都被顯示了。 同樣,以取「悲」,[則]以戒蘊為先行的定蘊被顯示。因為戒以悲為因緣——由從它而有離殺生等之轉起;而它[悲]又與三禪相應。以「慧」一語[顯示]慧蘊。 又戒是一切佛德之初,定在中,慧是終;如是,初、中、後[皆]善美的一切佛德也都被顯示了——因為[它們]是依法門而被顯示的。因為唯此——即取法門——才是無餘顯示佛德的方便;否則,有誰能夠逐句無餘地顯示世尊的諸功德呢?正因如此說——

Tathā karuṇāggahaṇena caraṇasampattiṃ, paññāggahaṇena vijjāsampattiṃ. Karuṇāggahaṇena sattādhipatitā, paññāggahaṇena dhammādhipatitā. Karuṇāggahaṇena lokanāthabhāvo, paññāggahaṇena attanāthabhāvo. Tathā karuṇāggahaṇena pubbakāribhāvo, paññāggahaṇena kataññutā. Tathā karuṇāggahaṇena aparantapatā, paññāggahaṇena anattantapatā. Karuṇāggahaṇena vā buddhakaradhammasiddhi, paññāggahaṇena buddhabhāvasiddhi. Tathā karuṇāggahaṇena paresaṃ tāraṇaṃ, paññāggahaṇena sayaṃ tāraṇaṃ. Tathā karuṇāggahaṇena sabbasattesu anuggahacittatā, paññāggahaṇena sabbadhammesu virattacittatā dassitā hoti. Sabbesañca buddhaguṇānaṃ karuṇā ādi, tannidānabhāvato. Paññā pariyosānaṃ, tato uttarikaraṇīyābhāvato. Iti ādipariyosānadassanena sabbe buddhaguṇā dassitā honti. Tathā karuṇāggahaṇena sīlakkhandhapubbaṅgamo samādhikkhandho dassito hoti. Karuṇānidānañhi sīlaṃ, tato pāṇātipātādiviratippavattito, sā ca jhānattayasampayoginīti. Paññāvacanena paññākkhandho. Sīlañca sabbabuddhaguṇānamādi, samādhi majjhe, paññā pariyosānanti. Evampi ādimajjhapariyosānakalyāṇā sabbe buddhaguṇā dassitā honti, nayato dassitattā. Eso eva hi niravasesato buddhaguṇānaṃ dassanupāyo, yadidaṃ nayaggāhaṇaṃ. Aññathā ko nāma samattho bhagavato guṇe anupadaṃ niravasesato dassetuṃ. Tenevāha –
已對照篇首

「縱然佛陀說佛陀的稱讚;

‘‘Buddhopi buddhassa bhaṇeyya vaṇṇaṃ,
已對照篇首

縱然不說其他而[說]一劫,

Kappampi ce aññamabhāsamāno;
已對照篇首

劫或在長久之間滅盡;

Khīyetha kappo ciradīghamantare,
已對照篇首

「如來的稱讚[卻]不會滅盡。」(《長部義注》1.304;3.141;《中部義注》3.425;《自說義注》53;《佛種姓義注》4.4;《所行藏義注·因緣論、雜論》;《譬喻義注》2.6.20)

Vaṇṇo na khīyetha tathāgatassā’’ti. (dī. ni. aṭṭha. 1.304; dī. ni. aṭṭha. 3.141; ma. ni. aṭṭha. 3.425, udā. aṭṭha. 53; bu. vaṃ. aṭṭha. 4.4; cariyā. aṭṭha. nidānakathāyaṃ, pakiṇṇakakathāyaṃ; apa. aṭṭha. 2.6.20);
已對照篇首

正因如此,具壽舍利弗(Sāriputta)長老被就佛德之限定而追問時,也先以「尊者,這不然」(《長部》2.145)而否定,[然後]說「然而,尊者,我了知法的類推(dhammanvaya)」(《長部》2.146)。

Teneva ca āyasmatā sāriputtattherenāpi buddhaguṇaparicchedanaṃ pati anuyuttena ‘‘no hetaṃ bhante’’ti (dī. ni. 2.145) paṭikkhipitvā, ‘‘api ca me bhante dhammanvayo vidito’’ti (dī. ni. 2.146) vuttaṃ.
PTS 1.12緬 1.10已對照篇首

如是以一切知者的全部功德略贊世尊之後,如今為讚歎正法而說了「佛陀也是」等語。 此中,「佛陀」是作者之舉示;「佛的境界」是業之舉示;「修習了」「現證了」是前時動作之舉示;「凡」是不限定的業之舉示;「趣得」是後時動作之舉示;「[我]禮敬」是動作之舉示;「那」是限定;「法」是禮敬之業的舉示;而「離垢的」「無上的」是它的限定語。

Evaṃ saṅkhepena sakalasabbaññuguṇehi bhagavantaṃ abhitthavitvā idāni saddhammaṃ thometuṃ ‘‘buddhopī’’tiādimāha. Tattha buddhoti kattuniddeso. Buddhabhāvanti kammaniddeso. Bhāvetvā, sacchikatvāti ca pubbakālakiriyāniddeso. Yanti aniyamato kammaniddeso. Upagatoti aparakālakiriyāniddeso. Vandeti kiriyāniddeso, tanti niyamanaṃ. Dhammanti vandanakiriyāya kammaniddeso. Gatamalaṃ, anuttaranti ca tabbisesanaṃ.
已對照篇首

此中,「佛陀」一語之義應先依「覺了諸諦故為佛陀,令眾生覺悟故為佛陀」等《義釋》之法(《大義釋》192;《小義釋》95-97;《無礙解道》1.162)而知。 或者,由於連同習氣的無智之睡眠畢竟離去,或由於覺慧已開敷,[故]「已覺(buddhavā)」故為「佛陀」——是依醒覺與開敷之義[而言]。 或者,由於沒有任何未被覺了的所知法,[故]不以業之性取某一特定的所知;由於沒有說業[語]的意欲,唯依覺了之義而得作者之舉示,[故]「已覺」故為「佛陀」——如「受灌頂者不施」[之例]。 而依義,「佛陀」[即]那為諸波羅蜜所燻修的、以自生智連同習氣破除摧毀了無餘煩惱的、作為大悲與一切知智等不可計量功德之聚的所依的蘊相續。如所說——

Tattha buddha-saddassa tāva ‘‘bujjhitā saccānīti buddho, bodhetā pajāyāti buddho’’tiādinā (mahāni. 192; cūḷani. 95-97; paṭi. ma. 1.162) niddesanayena attho veditabbo. Atha vā savāsanāya aññāṇaniddāya accantavigamato, buddhiyā vā vikasitabhāvato buddhavāti buddho, jāgaraṇavikasanatthavasena. Atha vā kassacipi ñeyyadhammassa anavabuddhassa abhāvena ñeyyavisesassa kammabhāvena aggahaṇato kammavacanicchāya abhāvena avagamanatthavaseneva kattuniddeso labbhatīti buddhavāti buddho, yathā ‘‘dikkhito na dadātī’’ti, atthato pana pāramitāparibhāvito sayambhūñāṇena saha vāsanāya vihataviddhastaniravasesakileso mahākaruṇāsabbaññutaññāṇādiaparimeyya guṇagaṇādhāro khandhasantāno buddho. Yathāha –
已對照篇首

「『佛陀』者:那位世尊是自生者(sayambhū)、無阿闍梨者,於先前未曾聽聞的諸法中自己現觀了諸諦,並於其中證得一切知性與於諸力的自在之性。」(《大義釋》192;《小義釋》95-97;《無礙解道》1.162)

‘‘Buddhoti yo so bhagavā sayambhū anācariyako pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu sāmaṃ saccāni abhisambujjhi, tattha ca sabbaññutaṃ patto, balesu ca vasībhāva’’nti (mahāni. 192; cūḷani. 95-97; paṭi. ma. 1.162).
PTS 1.13已對照篇首

「也(api)」一語是於推重;以它闡明對所將說之有德的法的推重——[意謂]「連那位具足如是殊勝功德的世尊也[尚須如此]」。 「佛的境界」者:即正等正覺。「修習了」者:即令生起、並令增長。「現證了」者:即作為現量。「趣得」者:即已達,義即已證得;它與「佛的境界」相關聯。「離垢的」者:即垢已離去,義即無過失。「[我]禮敬」者:即我敬禮,或我讚歎。「無上的」者:即無有更上者,義即出世間。「法」者:使如所教導而行道者不墮於惡趣與輪迴而執持之,故為「法(dhamma)」。

Api-saddo sambhāvane, tena ‘‘evaṃ guṇavisesayutto sopi nāma bhagavā’’ti vakkhamānaguṇe dhamme sambhāvanaṃ dīpeti. Buddhabhāvanti sammāsambodhiṃ. Bhāvetvāti uppādetvā, vaḍḍhetvā ca. Sacchikatvāti paccakkhaṃ katvā. Upagatoti patto, adhigatoti attho, etassa ‘‘buddhabhāva’’nti etena sambandho. Gatamalanti vigatamalaṃ, niddosanti attho. Vandeti paṇamāmi, thomemi vā. Anuttaranti uttararahitaṃ, lokuttaranti attho. Dhammanti yathānusiṭṭhaṃ paṭipajjamāne apāyato ca, saṃsārato ca apatamāne katvā dhārayatīti dhammo.
緬 1.11已對照篇首

而此中略義如是——如是具足種種功德的佛陀世尊,修習了那稱為聖[道]的法、又現證了那稱為果與涅槃的[法],[從而]證得了無上正等正覺;我敬禮那一法——[它]連對諸佛也是佛的境界之因,離於一切過失與垢,由於沒有比自己更上者而為無上——[即]通達正法。應知此處也攝取了教理正法,因為[它]是那[通達正法]的顯示者。 或者,由於義注中說了「[他]修習了阿毗達摩法門之海而證得[它],觸察了三藏」,故教理法也可得「現證」與「觸察」的說法;應知它[教理法]於此處也確已被說到。 同樣,由於說了「修習了、現證了那法」,應知連同那作為諸佛所作之法的諸波羅蜜,前分的增上戒學等也於此處被「法」一語攝取——因為它們也由於[所]對治已離去而「離垢」,由不共他者而「無上」。 正因如此:世尊為使眾生出離一切輪轉之苦而作了大發願,[其]意樂以大悲之安住而柔善;以恭敬、無間地修習並現證那些為殊勝之慧所遍淨而無垢的、布施、調伏、律儀等最上之法——[歷時]十萬[劫]以上的四阿僧祇劫,無有餘剩——[從而]於業等證得自在之性,[其]大威力希奇難思,於增上戒與增上心達到了最極的波羅蜜;[如是]於緣之行相以二十四俱胝十萬之門運轉大金剛智,現觀了無上正等正覺。

Ayañhettha saṅkhepattho – evaṃ vividhaguṇasamannāgato buddhopi bhagavā yaṃ ariyasaṅkhātaṃ dhammaṃ bhāvetvā, phalanibbānasaṅkhātaṃ pana sacchikatvā anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ adhigato, tametaṃ buddhānampi buddhabhāvahetubhūtaṃ sabbadosamalarahitaṃ attano uttaritarābhāvena anuttaraṃ paṭivedhasaddhammaṃ namāmīti. Pariyattisaddhammassāpi tappakāsanattā idha saṅgaho daṭṭhabbo. Atha vā ‘‘abhidhammanayasamuddaṃ bhāvetvā adhigacchi, tīṇi piṭakāni sammasī’’ti ca aṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttattā pariyattidhammassāpi sacchikiriyāsammasanapariyāyo labbhatīti sopi idha vutto yevāti daṭṭhabbo. Tathā ‘‘yaṃ dhammaṃ bhāvetvā, sacchikatvā’’ti ca vuttattā buddhakaradhammabhūtāhi pāramitāhi saha pubbabhāge adhisīlasikkhādayopi idha dhamma-saddena saṅgahitāti veditabbā. Tāpi hi vigatapaṭipakkhatāya vigatamalā, anaññasādhāraṇatāya anuttarā cāti. Tathā hi sattānaṃ sakalavaṭṭadukkhanissaraṇāya katamahābhinīhāro mahākaruṇādhivāsapesalajjhāsayo paññāvisesapariyodātanimmalānaṃ dānadamasaññamādīnaṃ uttamadhammānaṃ satasahassādhikāni kappānaṃ cattāri asaṅkheyyāni sakkaccaṃ nirantaraṃ niravasesaṃ bhāvanāpaccakkhakaraṇehi kammādīsu adhigatavasībhāvo, acchariyācinteyyamahānubhāvo, adhisīlaadhicittānaṃ paramukkaṃsapāramippatto bhagavā paccayākāre catuvīsatikoṭisatasahassamukhena mahāvajirañāṇaṃ pesetvā anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambuddhoti.
PTS 1.14已對照篇首

而此中,以「修習了」是依明成就讚歎法,以「現證了」是依解脫(vimutti)成就[讚歎]。同樣,以第一[語]依禪成就,以第二[語]依解脫(vimokkha)成就。或者以第一[語]依定成就,以第二[語]依等至成就。 或者以第一[語]依盡智之性,以第二[語]依不生智之性。或者以前[語]依如電之性,以第二[語]依如金剛之性。或者以前[語]依離貪成就,以第二[語]依滅成就。同樣,以第一[語]依出離(niyyāna)之性,以第二[語]依出脫(nissaraṇa)之性。或者以第一[語]依因之性,以第二[語]依無為之性。或者以第一[語]依見之性,以第二[語]依離之性。或者以第一[語]依增上之性,以第二[語]依不死之性讚歎法。 或者,以「修習了那法而趣得佛的境界」是依善說之性讚歎法;以「現證了」[則依]現見之性。同樣,以前[語]依無時之性,以後[語]依來見之性。或者以前[語]依引導之性,以後[語]依各自應證知之性讚歎法。

Ettha ca ‘‘bhāvetvā’’ti etena vijjāsampadāya dhammaṃ thometi, ‘sacchikatvā’ti etena vimuttisampadāya. Tathā paṭhamena jhānasampadāya, dutiyena vimokkhasampadāya. Paṭhamena vā samādhisampadāya, dutiyena samāpattisampadāya. Atha vā paṭhamena khayañāṇabhāvena, dutiyena anuppādañāṇabhāvena. Purimena vā vijjūpamatāya, dutiyena vajirūpamatāya. Purimena vā virāgasampattiyā, dutiyena nirodhasampattiyā. Tathā paṭhamena niyyānabhāvena, dutiyena nissaraṇabhāvena. Paṭhamena vā hetubhāvena, dutiyena asaṅkhatabhāvena. Paṭhamena vā dassanabhāvena, dutiyena vivekabhāvena. Paṭhamena vā adhipatibhāvena, dutiyena amatabhāvena dhammaṃ thometi. Atha vā ‘‘yaṃ dhammaṃ bhāvetvā buddhabhāvaṃ upagato’’ti etena svākkhātatāya dhammaṃ thometi, ‘‘sacchikatvā’’ti etena sandiṭṭhikatāya. Tathā purimena akālikatāya, pacchimena ehipassikatāya. Purimena vā opaneyyikatāya, pacchimena paccattaṃ veditabbatāya dhammaṃ thometi.
緬 1.12已對照篇首

以「離垢的」,由闡明無有雜染而顯示法的遍淨性;以「無上的」,由闡明無有其他更殊勝者而[顯示其]廣大圓滿性。或者以第一[語]顯示法的斷成就,以第二[語][顯示]勢力成就。 或者,法的「離垢」之性應就其應被修習[而言]來配合——因為由修習之德,它便是諸過失的根除者;「無上」之性應就其應被現證[而言]來配合——因為由現證之生起,在它之上無有應作,[且]不共他者,故為「無上」。 同樣,以「修習了」,連同前分的戒等,有學的戒、定、慧三蘊被顯示;以「現證了」,連同無為界,無學的戒、定、慧三蘊被顯示。

‘‘Gatamala’’nti iminā saṃkilesābhāvadīpanena dhammassa parisuddhataṃ dasseti, ‘‘anuttara’’nti etena aññassa visiṭṭhassa abhāvadīpanena vipulaparipuṇṇataṃ. Paṭhamena vā pahānasampadaṃ dhammassa dasseti, dutiyena pabhāvasampadaṃ. Bhāvetabbatāya vā dhammassa gatamalabhāvo yojetabbo. Bhāvanāguṇena hi so dosānaṃ samugghātako hotīti. Sacchikātabbabhāvena anuttarabhāvo yojetabbo. Sacchikiriyānibbattito hi taduttarikaraṇīyābhāvato anaññasādhāraṇatāya anuttaroti. Tathā ‘‘bhāvetvā’’ti etena saha pubbabhāgasīlādīhi sekkhā sīlasamādhipaññākkhandhā dassitā honti, ‘‘sacchikatvā’’ti etena saha asaṅkhatāya dhātuyā asekkhā sīlasamādhipaññākkhandhā dassitā hontīti.
PTS 1.15已對照篇首

如是以法的一切功德略贊正法之後,如今為讚歎聖僧團而說了「善逝的」等語。 此中,「善逝的」是關聯之舉示,它與「諸子」相關聯。「諸胸生[之子]」是「諸子」的限定語。「破魔軍者」是胸生子之性的因之舉示;以此顯示:[阿闍梨]承認唯斷煩惱才是[成為]世尊胸生子之性的因。「八[輩]」是算數限定之舉示;以此顯示:縱然他們依眾生之差別有數十萬之數,[卻]不超越這一算數限定——因為[他們]不超越住道者與住果者之性。「聚」是總集之舉示。「聖僧團」是德殊勝之和合體性的舉示;以此顯示:縱然諸聖人不集於[同一]眾中,[其]身之和合[仍]有聖僧團之性——因為[他們]由見與戒的共同而結合。 此中,在胸中有、[即]生、且長養者,為「諸胸生[之子]」。正如眾生的胸生子由自己所生,特別地成為父親所有之遺產的分受者;同樣,那些聖人也由於在聞正等正覺者[之法]的末後以聖生而生,[故]必定成為世尊所有之解脫樂與聖法之寶的分受者——[故]如胸生子而為「諸胸生[之子]」。 或者,那些由世尊說法之威力而正入與已入聖地的聖弟子,由於[其]高貴之生是由世尊的胸之精勤所生,[故]不依引申義即應被稱為「胸生子」。因為縱由諸弟子所轉起的說法,也正被稱為「世尊的說法」——由於以他為根本,且無有相等的差別。

Evaṃ saṅkhepeneva sabbadhammaguṇehi saddhammaṃ abhitthavitvā, idāni ariyasaṅghaṃ thometuṃ ‘‘sugatassā’’tiādimāha. Tattha sugatassāti sambandhaniddeso, tassa ‘‘puttāna’’nti etena sambandho. Orasānanti puttavisesanaṃ. Mārasenamathanānanti orasaputtabhāve kāraṇaniddeso, tena kilesappahānameva bhagavato orasaputtabhāvakāraṇaṃ anujānātīti dasseti. Aṭṭhannanti gaṇanaparicchedaniddeso, tena ca satipi tesaṃ sattavisesabhāvena anekasatasahassasaṅkhyabhāve imaṃ gaṇanaparicchedaṃ nātivattantīti dasseti, maggaṭṭhaphalaṭṭhabhāvānativattanato. Samūhanti samudāyaniddeso. Ariyasaṅghanti guṇavisiṭṭhasaṅghātabhāvaniddeso, tena asatipi ariyapuggalānaṃ kāyasāmaggiyaṃ ariyasaṅghabhāvaṃ dasseti, diṭṭhisīlasāmaññena saṃhatabhāvato. Tattha urasi bhavā jātā, saṃvaddhā ca orasā. Yathā hi sattānaṃ orasaputtā attajātatāya pitusantakassa dāyajjassa visesena bhāgino honti, evametepi ariyapuggalā sammāsambuddhassa savanante ariyāya jātiyā jātatāya bhagavato santakassa vimuttisukhassa, ariyadhammaratanassa ca ekantabhāginoti orasā viya orasā. Atha vā bhagavato dhammadesanānubhāvena ariyabhūmiṃ okkamamānā, okkantā ca ariyasāvakā bhagavato urovāyāmajanitābhijātatāya nippariyāyena ‘‘orasaputtā’’ti vattabbataṃ arahanti. Sāvakehi pavattiyamānāpi hi dhammadesanā bhagavato ‘‘dhammadesanā’’ icceva vuccati, taṃmūlakattā, lakkhaṇādivisesābhāvato ca.
PTS 1.16緬 1.13已對照篇首

雖然在諸聖弟子證得聖道之時,天子魔或魔軍並不像[對]世尊那樣必定為作障礙而來擾逼;然而由於[煩惱這一]應被它們擾逼的因已被破除,那些[魔]也就名為已被破除——[故阿闍梨]說「破魔軍者」。 而於此義中,本應說「破魔與魔軍者」,[卻]說「破魔軍者」——應知這是作了「同一部分的餘一(ekadesasarūpekaseso)」。 或者,正如蘊魔與行魔,天子魔也在殺害功德上趣得助伴之性;[故]煩惱的軍力被稱為「軍」。如所說「諸欲是你的第一軍」等(《經集》438;《大義釋》28、68;《小義釋》47)。而那有一千五百種差別、或無量差別的煩惱軍,已被他們以念、擇法、精進、止等功德之兵器分分地破除、擊破、摧毀——[故]為「破魔軍者」,[即]諸聖弟子。以此顯示他們是世尊的隨生子。

Yadipi ariyasāvakānaṃ ariyamaggādhigamasamaye bhagavato viya tadantarāyakaraṇatthaṃ devaputtamāro, māravāhinī vā na ekantena apasādeti, tehi pana apasādetabbatāya kāraṇe vimathite tepi vimathitā eva nāma hontīti āha – ‘‘mārasenamathanāna’’nti. Imasmiṃ panatthe ‘māramārasenamathanāna’nti vattabbe ‘‘mārasenamathanāna’’nti ekadesasarūpekaseso katoti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Atha vā khandhābhisaṅkhāramārānaṃ viya devaputtamārassāpi guṇamāraṇe sahāyabhāvūpagamanato kilesabalakāyo ‘‘senā’’ti vuccati. Yathāha – ‘‘kāmā te paṭhamā senā’’tiādi (su. ni. 438; mahāni. 28, 68; cūḷani. 47). Sā ca tehi diyaḍḍhasahassabhedā, anantabhedā vā kilesavāhinī satidhammavicayavīriyasamathādiguṇapaharaṇehi odhiso vimathitā, vihatā, viddhastā cāti mārasenamathanā, ariyasāvakā. Etena tesaṃ bhagavato anujātaputtataṃ dasseti.
已對照篇首

依語源之法:由於遠離諸煩惱,由於不行於非道,又由於行於道,[故為]「諸聖者(ariyā)」。 或者,由於為含天之世間當作「歸依處」而應趣往、應親近,且已親近者[之]所求之義得成,[故為]「諸聖者」;是諸聖者的僧團,故為「聖僧團」;或者,是聖的而又是僧團,故為「聖僧團」;[禮敬]那「聖僧團」。 應知:在世尊[滅度]之後分,連佛寶與法寶的證得也依於僧寶;[故]為顯示此聖僧團有多所助益,才唯在此處說了「我以頭禮敬」。

Ārakattā kilesehi, anaye na iriyanato, aye ca iriyanato ariyā, niruttinayena. Atha vā sadevakena lokena ‘‘saraṇa’’nti araṇīyato upagantabbato, upagatānañca tadatthasiddhito ariyā, ariyānaṃ saṅghoti ariyasaṅgho, ariyo ca so, saṅgho cāti vā ariyasaṅgho, taṃ ariyasaṅghaṃ. Bhagavato aparabhāge buddhadhammaratanānampi samadhigamo saṅgharatanādhīnoti assa ariyasaṅghassa bahūpakārataṃ dassetuṃ idheva ‘‘sirasā vande’’ti vuttanti daṭṭhabbaṃ.
PTS 1.17緬 1.14已對照篇首

而此中,以「善逝的諸胸生之子」顯示聖僧團的出處成就;以「破魔軍者」[顯示]斷成就——由闡明斷一切雜染;以「那八[輩]之聚」[顯示]智成就——由闡明住道者與住果者之性;以「聖僧團」顯示出處成就——由闡明[它]是一切僧團中的最上者。 或者,「善逝的諸胸生之子」是闡明聖僧團的清淨所依之性;「破魔軍者」是闡明[其]正行道、正直行道、如理行道、正當行道之性;「那八[輩]之聚」是闡明[其]應供養等之性;「聖僧團」是闡明[其]無上福田之性。 同樣,以「善逝的諸胸生之子」闡明聖僧團有出世間歸依之存在——因為由出世間歸依,他們才生為世尊的胸生子。以「破魔軍者」顯示由發願成就所成的、前分的正行道——因為已作發願而正行道者,能戰勝魔或魔眾。以「那八[輩]之聚」顯示那已摧毀對治品的有學與無學之法——因為[此處]是依人為所依而顯示道法與果法。「聖僧團」顯示[其]最上應施者之性。 而歸依是諸弟子一切功德之初,連同前分行道的有學戒蘊等在中,無學戒蘊等是終;如是[以]初、中、後之善美,聖僧團的一切功德便略被顯示了。

Ettha ca ‘‘sugatassa orasānaṃ puttāna’’nti etena ariyasaṅghassa pabhavasampadaṃ dasseti, ‘‘mārasenamathanāna’’nti etena pahānasampadaṃ, sakalasaṃkilesappahānadīpanato. ‘‘Aṭṭhannampi samūha’’nti etena ñāṇasampadaṃ, maggaṭṭhaphalaṭṭhabhāvadīpanato. ‘‘Ariyasaṅgha’’nti etena pabhavasampadaṃ dasseti, sabbasaṅghānaṃ aggabhāvadīpanato. Atha vā ‘‘sugatassa orasānaṃ puttāna’’nti ariyasaṅghassa visuddhanissayabhāvadīpanaṃ, ‘‘mārasenamathanāna’’nti sammāujuñāyasāmīcippaṭipannabhāvadīpanaṃ, ‘‘aṭṭhannampi samūha’’nti āhuneyyādibhāvadīpanaṃ, ‘‘ariyasaṅgha’’nti anuttarapuññakkhettabhāvadīpanaṃ. Tathā ‘‘sugatassa orasānaṃ puttāna’’nti etena ariyasaṅghassa lokuttarasaraṇagamanasabbhāvaṃ dīpeti. Lokuttarasaraṇagamanena hi te bhagavato orasaputtā jātā. ‘‘Mārasenamathanāna’’nti etena abhinīhārasampadāsiddhaṃ pubbabhāge sammāpaṭipattiṃ dasseti. Katābhinīhārā hi sammā paṭipannā māraṃ, māraparisaṃ vā abhivijinanti. ‘‘Aṭṭhannampi samūha’’nti etena viddhastavipakkhe sekkhāsekkhadhamme dasseti, puggalādhiṭṭhānena maggaphaladhammānaṃ pakāsitattā. ‘‘Ariyasaṅgha’’nti aggadakkhiṇeyyabhāvaṃ dasseti. Saraṇagamanañca sāvakānaṃ sabbaguṇānamādi, sapubbabhāgappaṭipadā sekkhā sīlakkhandhādayo majjhe, asekkhā sīlakkhandhādayo pariyosānanti ādimajjhapariyosānakalyāṇā saṅkhepato sabbe ariyasaṅghaguṇā pakāsitā honti.
已對照篇首

如是以三首偈、依略說一切功德之門作了三寶的敬禮之後,如今為把那敬禮之作迴向於如所意指的目的,[阿闍梨]說了「如是,由我」等語。 此中,以能生喜之義為「寶(ratana)」,[即]佛、法、僧。因為以「彼世尊亦即是[阿羅漢]」等[語]憶念他們如實之德者,[心中]生起不少的、作為證得不死之因的喜與歡悅。如所說——

Evaṃ gāthāttayena saṅkhepato sakalaguṇasaṅkittanamukhena ratanattayassa paṇāmaṃ katvā, idāni taṃ nipaccakāraṃ yathādhippete payojane pariṇāmento ‘‘iti me’’tiādimāha. Tattha ratijananaṭṭhena ratanaṃ, buddhadhammasaṅghā. Tesañhi ‘‘itipi so bhagavā’’tiādinā yathābhūtaguṇe āvajjantassa amatādhigamahetubhūtaṃ anappakaṃ pītipāmojjaṃ uppajjati. Yathāha –
已對照篇首

「摩訶那摩,當聖弟子隨念如來時,那時他的心不被貪所纏縛,不被瞋所纏縛,不被痴所纏縛;那時他的心正就如來而唯是正直的。摩訶那摩,心正直的聖弟子獲得義喜(atthaveda),獲得法喜(dhammaveda),獲得與法相應的悅;悅者便生起喜」等(《增支部》6.10;《增支部》11.11)。

‘‘Yasmiṃ, mahānāma, samaye ariyasāvako tathāgataṃ anussarati, nevassa tasmiṃ samaye rāgapariyuṭṭhitaṃ cittaṃ hoti, na dosapariyuṭṭhitaṃ cittaṃ hoti, na mohapariyuṭṭhitaṃ cittaṃ hoti, ujugatamevassa tasmiṃ samaye cittaṃ hoti tathāgataṃ ārabbha. Ujugatacitto kho pana, mahānāma, ariyasāvako labhati atthavedaṃ, labhati dhammavedaṃ, labhati dhammūpasaṃhitaṃ pāmojjaṃ, pamuditassa pīti jāyatī’’tiādi (a. ni. 6.10; a. ni. 11.11).
已對照篇首

或者,受尊重等之性[即]「寶」義。而這也已說過——

Cittīkatādibhāvo vā ratanaṭṭho. Vuttañhetaṃ –
已對照篇首

「受尊重、價值大, 無與倫比、難得見;

‘‘Cittīkataṃ mahagghañca, atulaṃ dullabhadassanaṃ;
已對照篇首

非下劣眾生所受用,故稱為寶。」(《小誦義注》6.3;《長部義注》2.33;《經集義注》1.226;《大義釋義注》50)

Anomasattaparibhogaṃ, ratanaṃ tena vuccatī’’ti. (khu. pā. aṭṭha. 6.3; dī. ni. aṭṭha. 2.33; su. ni. aṭṭha. 1.226; mahāni. aṭṭha. 50);
PTS 1.18緬 1.15已對照篇首

而受尊重之性等是不共他者的,唯於佛等[三寶]才可得。禮敬本身[即]「由禮敬所成(vandanāmaya)」,如「由布施所成、由持戒所成」(《長部》3.305;《如是語》60;《導論》34)。而此處「禮敬」[即]以身、語、心傾向三寶之德,或[即]讚歎。由生起應尊敬之有與果,[故為]「福(puñña)」;或者,[它]淨化自己的相續[故為「福」]。 「障礙善除者」者:即障礙已被善除者——以此顯示:由自己淨信的成就與三寶田之性的成就,那福便有能力破除那些損害義之顯明的災禍。 「成為」者:[這]是前時動作,它與「我將顯明[其]義」相關聯。「它的」者:即那由禮敬三寶所成的那份福的。「以威力」者:即以力。

Cittīkatabhāvādayo ca anaññasādhāraṇā buddhādīsu eva labbhantīti. Vandanāva vandanāmayaṃ, yathā ‘‘dānamayaṃ, sīlamaya’’nti (dī. ni. 3.305; itivu. 60; netti. 34). Vandanā cettha kāyavācācittehi tiṇṇaṃ ratanānaṃ guṇaninnatā, thomanā vā. Pujjabhavaphalanibbattanato puññaṃ, attano santānaṃ puṇātīti vā. Suvihatantarāyoti suṭṭhu vihatantarāyo, etena attano pasādasampattiyā, rattanattayassa ca khettabhāvasampattiyā taṃ puññaṃ atthappakāsanassa upaghātakaupaddavānaṃ vihanane samatthanti dasseti. Hutvāti pubbakālakiriyā, tassa ‘‘atthaṃ pakāsayissāmī’’ti etena sambandho. Tassāti yaṃ ratanattayavandanāmayaṃ puññaṃ, tassa. Ānubhāvenāti balena.
PTS 1.19已對照篇首

如是顯示了作三寶敬禮[之事]中的目的之後,如今為先依贊其功德而告知他所欲釋義的那一教說,[故]說了「長(dīgha)的」等語。 此中,「以長篇幅之經所標記的」者:即以長篇幅之諸經所標記的。以此顯示:「長(dīgha)」這[名]是此阿含的隨義之通稱。 [設難:]諸經本身豈不就是阿含嗎?那麼是以諸經標記誰呢?——[通釋:]依勝義這是真的;然而阿含是取諸經而施設的。因為正如於義與文句之總集有「經」這一言說,同樣,於諸經之總集[便]有「阿含」這一言說。 由於有緣起等精微之義的存在,[故為]「[義]精微的」。 自利、他利等將於其中、由它、或從它而來,故為「阿含(āgama)」;是阿含而又是殊勝,故為「殊勝的阿含」。或者,[它]為諸通曉阿含者(āgamasammata)所許為殊勝,故為「殊勝的阿含」——[即]那[殊勝的阿含]的。 諸佛的隨覺者[即]「佛與隨佛覺者(buddhānubuddhā)」,[即]隨從諸佛對諦的通達而通達了諸諦的上首弟子等諸聖者;[故「為佛與隨佛覺者所贊述的」即]為他們依義之贊述與功德之贊述而贊述的[那部阿含]的。 或者,應配合為「諸佛與諸隨覺者[即]佛與隨佛覺者」。因為連三藏之義的釋義次第也正是由正等正覺者所說的——它被稱為「雜說(pakiṇṇakadesanā)」;諸阿闍梨說:從那[雜說]起,[其義]才由諸弟子依結集等方式[而被釋]。

Evaṃ ratanattayassa nipaccakārakaraṇe payojanaṃ dassetvā, idāni yassā dhammadesanāya atthaṃ saṃvaṇṇetukāmo, tassā tāva guṇābhitthavanavasena upaññāpanatthaṃ ‘‘dīghassā’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha dīghasuttaṅkitassāti dīghappamāṇasuttalakkhitassa, etena ‘‘dīgho’’ti ayaṃ imassa āgamassa atthānugatā samaññāti dasseti. Nanu ca suttāniyeva āgamo, kassa pana suttehi aṅkananti? Saccametaṃ paramatthato, suttāni pana upādāyapaññatto āgamo. Yathā hi atthabyañjanasamudāye ‘‘sutta’’nti vohāro, evaṃ suttasamudāye ‘‘āgamo’’ti vohāro. Paṭiccasamuppādādinipuṇatthasabbhāvato nipuṇassa. Āgamissanti ettha, etena, etasmā vā attatthaparatthādayoti āgamo, āgamo ca so varo cāti āgamavaro, āgamasammatehi vā varoti āgamavaro, tassa. Buddhānaṃ anubuddhā buddhānubuddhā, buddhānaṃ saccapaṭivedhaṃ anugamma paṭividdhasaccā aggasāvakādayo ariyā. Tehi atthasaṃvaṇṇanāvasena, guṇasaṃvaṇṇanāvasena ca saṃvaṇṇitassa. Atha vā buddhā ca anubuddhā ca buddhānubuddhāti yojetabbaṃ. Sammāsambuddheneva hi tiṇṇampi piṭakānaṃ atthavaṇṇanākkamo bhāsito, yā ‘‘pakiṇṇakadesanā’’ti vuccati, tato saṅgāyanādivasena sāvakehīti ācariyā vadanti.
緬 1.16已對照篇首

「[其]功德能引生淨信的」者:即具有能於佛等[三寶]引生淨信之成就的。因為這[部]阿含:於《梵網經》等(《長部》1.5-7、26-28)中依對戒、見等作無餘之指示等方式,於《大本經》等(《長部》2.3-5)中依對過去諸佛的功德也作指示等方式,於《波梨經》等(《長部》3.3、4)中依破斥諸外道而作不可反轉的師子吼之吼叫等方式,又於《無上經》等(《增支部》6.8)中特別以顯明佛陀之功德,[如是]於三寶引生極為殊勝的淨信。 而這是阿闍梨於諸釋義中的常法:於彼彼釋義之初,以稱說彼彼所應釋義之法的殊勝功德而作讚歎。正因如此,在《妄衍破斥》(Papañcasūdanī)、《顯揚真義》(Sāratthappakāsinī)、《滿足希求》(Manorathapūraṇī)以及《法集論義注》(Aṭṭhasālinī)等[義注]中,依次以「能破斥他論的」「能生智之分別的」「能生諸說法者中之上首的種種辯才的」「那為諸甚深智所潛入的、常以種種法門而為種種的阿毗達摩的」等語作了讚歎。

Saddhāvahaguṇassāti buddhādīsu pasādāvahasampattikassa. Ayañhi āgamo brahmajālādīsu (dī. ni. 1.5-7, 26-28) sīladiṭṭhādīnaṃ anavasesaniddesādivasena, mahāpadānādīsu (dī. ni. 2.3-5) purimabuddhānampi guṇaniddesādivasena, pāthikasuttādīsu (dī. ni. 3.3,4) titthiye nimadditvā appaṭivattiyasīhanāda nadanādivasena, anuttariyasuttādīsu (a. ni. 6.8) ca visesato buddhaguṇavibhāvanena ratanattaye sātisayappasādaṃ āvahati. Saṃvaṇṇanāsu cāyaṃ ācariyassa pakati, yā taṃtaṃsaṃvaṇṇanāsu ādito tassa tassa saṃvaṇṇetabbassa dhammassa visesaguṇakittanena thomanā. Tathā hi papañcasūdanīsāratthappakāsinīmanorathapūraṇīsu aṭṭhasālinīādīsu ca yathākkamaṃ ‘‘paravādamathanassa ñāṇappabhedajananassa dhammakathikapuṅgavānaṃ vicittappaṭibhānajananassa tassa gambhīrañāṇehi ogāḷhassa abhiṇhaso nānānayavicittassa abhidhammassā’’tiādinā thomanā katā.
PTS 1.20已對照篇首

由它而義被說,故為「義之說(atthakathā)」;它本身即「義注(aṭṭhakathā)」——是把 ttha 音作成 ṭṭha 音[而成],如「苦的惱害義(dukkhassa pīḷanaṭṭho)」(《無礙解道》2.8)。「最初」等[句]中,[「最初」即]於第一次結集時。 由於具足六神通之性與最上的心自在之性,又由於於諸禪等有五種自在之存在,[故為]「諸得自在者(vasī)」,[即]大迦葉(Mahākassapa)等諸長老;「五[個]他們之百」[即五百位]。 「那」者:即那部義注。「所結集」者:即在適於顯明義之處,以「這是這[句]之義,這是這[句]之義」而結集起來所說的。「後來也被隨結集」[即]後來也於第二、第三次結集中由耶舍(Yasa)長老等[所隨結集]——以此顯示自己釋義的來處之清淨。

Attho kathīyati etāyāti atthakathā, sā eva aṭṭhakathā, ttha-kārassa ṭṭha-kāraṃ katvā, yathā ‘‘dukkhassa pīḷanaṭṭho’’ti (paṭi. ma. 2.8). Ādito tiādimhi paṭhamasaṅgītiyaṃ. Chaḷabhiññatāya paramena cittavasībhāvena samannāgatattā, jhānādīsu pañcavidhavasitāsabbhāvato ca vasino, therā mahākassapādayo. Tesaṃ satehi pañcahi. Yāti yā aṭṭhakathā. Saṅgītāti atthaṃ pakāsetuṃ yuttaṭṭhāne ‘‘ayaṃ etassa attho, ayaṃ etassa attho’’ti saṅgahetvā vuttā. Anusaṅgītā ca yasattherādīhi pacchāpi dutiyatatiyasaṅgītīsu, iminā attano saṃvaṇṇanāya āgamanasuddhiṃ dasseti.
已對照篇首

由取、[即]由捕獅子,[故為]「師子[洲人](sīhaḷa)」,[即]師子童子。應知:由生於那世系,銅鍱洲(Tambapaṇṇidīpa)的諸剎帝利[有「師子」之性];又由是他們的住處,銅鍱洲也有「師子」之性。 「帶到了」者:即從閻浮提被帶來。「而後」者:即後來。因為在後分,為不相混雜,[故]義注以師子洲語(sīhaḷabhāsā)安立了下來。以此顯示:由此,它的根本義注不是一切[人]所共通的,故這一義之顯明必定應作。正因如此說「為諸洲住民的利益」。 此中,「諸洲住民的」者:即諸閻浮提住民的。或者,「諸洲住民的」者:[其]配合[是]:為諸師子洲(Sīhaḷadīpa)住民的利益而以師子洲語安立了下來。

Sīhassa lānato gahaṇato sīhaḷo, sīhakumāro. Taṃvaṃsajātatāya tambapaṇṇidīpe khattiyānaṃ, tesaṃ nivāsatāya tambapaṇṇidīpassa ca sīhaḷabhāvo veditabbo. Ābhatāti jambudīpato ānītā. Athāti pacchā. Aparabhāge hi asaṅkaratthaṃ sīhaḷabhāsāya aṭṭhakathā ṭhapitāti. Tenassa mūlaṭṭhakathā sabbasādhāraṇā na hotīti idaṃ atthappakāsanaṃ ekantena karaṇīyanti dasseti. Tenevāha – ‘‘dīpavāsīnamatthāyā’’ti. Tattha dīpavāsīnanti jambudīpavāsīnaṃ. Dīpavāsīnanti vā sīhaḷadīpavāsīnaṃ atthāya sīhaḷabhāsāya ṭhapitāti yojanā.
已對照篇首

「除去」者:即除去那如外衣一般的師子洲語。「從那」者:即從義注。「我」[一語]是指自己;「悅意之語」[則]是摩揭陀語(māgadhabhāsā)——因為它是自性之語,能令諸智者之意歡悅。正因如此說「契合聖典(tanti)之法則」——義即順於聖典之趣、隨順聖典語的。「離於過失的」者:即離於非自性之語的他種語言。

Apanetvānāti kañcukasadisaṃ sīhaḷabhāsaṃ apanetvā. Tatoti aṭṭhakathāto. Ahanti attānaṃ niddisati. Manoramaṃ bhāsanti māgadhabhāsaṃ. Sā hi sabhāvaniruttibhūtā paṇḍitānaṃ manaṃ ramayatīti. Tenevāha – ‘‘tantinayānucchavika’’nti, pāḷigatiyā anulomikaṃ pāḷibhāsāyānuvidhāyininti attho. Vigatadosanti asabhāvaniruttibhāsantararahitaṃ.
PTS 1.21緬 1.17已對照篇首

「不違背……的宗義(samaya)」者:即不違逆宗義;以此說無有義之過失——因為正由於不相違,諸長老之說於此處也將被顯示。 「長老世系的明燈」者:由於具足堅固的戒蘊等,[故為]「諸長老」,[即]大迦葉等;由他們而來的阿闍梨相承[即]「長老世系」;[他們]攝屬於它,由具足阿含與證得,[且]以慧燈令它光耀,[故為]「長老世系的明燈」,[即]住於大寺(Mahāvihāra)的諸長老——[即]那些[人]的。 依種種行相而被決定,故為「抉擇(vinicchaya)」,[即]於諸結節之處以除障之行相而轉起的、能斷疑惑的論說;他們的抉擇善為精微、細緻,故為「抉擇極為精微」。或者,[它]抉擇,故為「抉擇」,[即]以如上所說之義為境的智;他們的抉擇善為精微、善巧,故為「抉擇極為精微」——以此顯示:住於大寺者的抉擇是由大迦葉等長老相承而來的,正由此而不顛倒、細緻、微細;[故]它有作為準量之性。

Samayaṃ avilomentoti siddhantaṃ avirodhento, etena atthadosābhāvamāha. Aviruddhattā eva hi theravādāpi idha pakāsiyissanti. Theravaṃsapadīpānanti thirehi sīlakkhandhādīhi samannāgatattā therā, mahākassapādayo. Tehi āgatā ācariyaparamparā theravaṃso, tappariyāpannā hutvā āgamādhigamasampannattā paññāpajjotena tassa samujjalanato theravaṃsapadīpā, mahāvihāravāsino therā, tesaṃ. Vividhehi ākārehi nicchīyatīti vinicchayo, gaṇṭhiṭṭhānesu khīlamaddanākārena pavattā vimaticchedakathā. Suṭṭhu nipuṇo saṇho vinicchayo etesanti sunipuṇavinicchayā. Atha vā vinicchinotīti vinicchayo, yathāvuttavisayaṃ ñāṇaṃ. Suṭṭhu nipuṇo cheko vinicchayo etesanti sunipuṇavinicchayā, etena mahākassapāditheraparamparābhato, tatoyeva ca aviparīto saṇhasukhumo mahāvihāravāsīnaṃ vinicchayoti tassa pamāṇabhūtataṃ dasseti.
已對照篇首

「善人的……並(sujanassa ca)」者:「ca」一語是合集義;以它顯示不唯為諸閻浮提住民的利益,而也是為令善人歡喜。又以它,也為諸銅鍱洲住民的利益這一義便得成立——因為由受持等[變得]容易,對他們也多所助益。 「為令[法]久住」者:即為久住之義,義即為長時之住立。因為這一義之顯明,由於是不顛倒地善安置文與善引導義的方便,[故]導致正法的久住。而這是世尊所說的——

Sujanassa cāti ca-saddo sampiṇḍanattho, tena na kevalaṃ jambudīpavāsīnameva atthāya, atha kho sādhujanatosanatthañcāti dasseti, tena ca tambapaṇṇidīpavāsīnampi atthāyāti ayamattho siddho hoti, uggahaṇādisukaratāya tesampi bahupakārattā. Ciraṭṭhitatthanti ciraṭṭhitiatthaṃ, cirakālaṭṭhitiyāti attho. Idañhi atthappakāsanaṃ aviparītabyañjanasunikkhepassa atthasunayassa ca upāyabhāvato saddhammassa ciraṭṭhitiyā saṃvattati. Vuttañhetaṃ bhagavatā –
已對照篇首

「諸比丘,此二法導致正法的住立、不忘失、不隱沒。何為二?善安置的句文,與善引導的義。」(《增支部》2.21)

‘‘Dveme, bhikkhave, dhammā saddhammassa ṭhitiyā asammosāya anantaradhānāya saṃvattanti. Katame dve? Sunikkhattañca padabyañjanaṃ, attho ca sunīto’’ti (a. ni. 2.21).
PTS 1.22緬 1.18已對照篇首

為避免他所欲作的義之釋義過於龐大,[故]說了「戒論」等語。正因如此說「在此[義注中]不再多加論究它」。 或者,[阿闍梨]為對諸講說者作教示——[即]「《清淨道論》(Visuddhimagga)也應作為他所欲作的那部義注的一部分而被取來」——[故]以「戒論」等語依總說而顯示那裡所論究的諸法。 此中,「戒論」者:即依作持、止持等[分]的戒之廣論。「頭陀法(dhutadhamma)」者:即常乞食支等(《清淨道論》1.22;《長老偈義注》2.845、849)十三種振落煩惱之法。「一切業處」者:即聖典中所來的三十八種、義注中[所來的]二[種],[如是]無餘的、瑜伽之業[即]修習的轉起之處。「連同性行(cariyā)之分判」者:即連同對貪行者等的自性等之分判。 而「禪與等至的廣說」中——「諸禪」[即]四色界禪,「諸等至」[即]四無色等至。或者,八[禪]中唯所已得者為「諸禪」,由證得入定自在之性[者]為「諸等至」。或者,「諸禪」[即]色界與無色界禪,「諸等至」[即]果等至與滅盡等至。

Yaṃ atthavaṇṇanaṃ kattukāmo, tassā mahattaṃ pariharituṃ ‘‘sīlakathā’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Tenevāha – ‘‘na taṃ idha vicārayissāmī’’ti. Atha vā yaṃ aṭṭhakathaṃ kattukāmo, tadekadesabhāvena visuddhimaggo ca gahetabboti kathikānaṃ upadesaṃ karonto tattha vicāritadhamme uddesavasena dasseti ‘‘sīlakathā’’ tiādinā. Tattha sīlakathāti cārittavārittādivasena sīlavitthārakathā. Dhutadhammāti piṇḍapātikaṅgādayo (visuddhi. 1.22; theragā. aṭṭha. 2.845, 849) terasa kilesadhunanakadhammā. Kammaṭṭhānāni sabbānīti pāḷiyaṃ āgatāni aṭṭhatiṃsa, aṭṭhakathāyaṃ dveti niravasesāni yogakammassa bhāvanāya pavattiṭṭhānāni. Cariyāvidhānasahitoti rāgacaritādīnaṃ sabhāvādividhānena sahito. Jhānāni cattāri rūpāvacarajjhānāni, samāpattiyo catasso arūpasamāpattiyo. Aṭṭhapi vā paṭiladdhamattāni jhānāni, samāpajjanavasībhāvappattiyā samāpattiyo. Jhānāni vā rūpārūpāvacarajjhānāni, samāpattiyo phalasamāpattinirodhasamāpattiyo.
已對照篇首

有世間與出世間之別的六神通[即]「一切神通」。依《智分別》(Ñāṇavibhaṅga,《分別論》之一品)等中所來之法,以一種等[之門]對慧作合計、[即]合攝而[作]抉擇,[即是]「慧的合計與抉擇」。

Lokiyalokuttarabhedā cha abhiññāyo sabbā abhiññāyo. Ñāṇavibhaṅgādīsu āgatanayena ekavidhādinā paññāya saṅkaletvā sampiṇḍetvā nicchayo paññāsaṅkalananicchayo.
已對照篇首

因等諸緣法對諸緣生法而有因緣等之性,[即]「緣之行相(paccayākāra)」;它的教說[即]「緣之行相的教說」,義即緣起之論。 而它由密集的分解(ghanavinibbhoga)極難為而細緻微細,[又]離於他部派之說的混雜,又[它]是連同一性之法門等而於那裡被論究的——[故阿闍梨]說「[其]理趣極清淨而精微」。 由於是不捨棄《無礙解[道]》等中所來之法而被論究的,[故為]「不離聖典之道」。

Paccayadhammānaṃ hetādīnaṃ paccayuppannadhammānaṃ hetupaccayādibhāvo paccayākāro, tassa desanā paccayākāradesanā, paṭiccasamuppādakathāti attho. Sā pana ghanavinibbhogassa sudukkaratāya saṇhasukhumā, nikāyantaraladdhisaṅkararahitā, ekattanayādisahitā ca tattha vicāritāti āha – ‘‘suparisuddhanipuṇanayā’’ti. Paṭisambhidādīsu āgatanayaṃ avissajjetvāva vicāritattā avimuttatanti maggā.
已對照篇首

「然而這一切(iti pana sabbaṃ)」者:「iti」一語是於結束,「pana」一語是於語之莊嚴,義即「這一切」。「在此」者:即於這部義注。意趣[是]:由於會成重複,故「不再多加論究」。

Iti pana sabbanti iti-saddo parisamāpane, pana-saddo vacanālaṅkāre, etaṃ sabbanti attho. Idhāti imissā aṭṭhakathāyaṃ. Na vicārayissāmi, punaruttibhāvatoti adhippāyo.
已對照篇首

如今為決定說出不論究它的確定理由,[阿闍梨]說了「此《清淨道論》,正處於……之中央」等語。 此中,以「正處於……之中央」「住[於其中]」[二語],由闡明處於中央之性而顯示:《清淨道論》特別是四阿含的共通義注,不像《吉祥悅意》等是不共通的義注。「特別」這[語]是因《清淨道論》對律與阿毗達摩也隨其所應正是義之釋義[這一點]而說的。

Idāni tasseva avicāraṇassa ekantakāraṇaṃ niddhārento ‘‘majjhe visuddhimaggo’’tiādimāha. Tattha ‘‘majjhe ṭhatvā’’ti etena majjhebhāvadīpanena visesato catunnaṃ āgamānaṃ sādhāraṇaṭṭhakathā visuddhimaggo, na sumaṅgalavilāsinīādayo viya asādhāraṇaṭṭhakathāti dasseti. ‘‘Visesato’’ti idaṃ vinayābhidhammānampi visuddhimaggo yathārahaṃ atthavaṇṇanā hoti yevāti katvā vuttaṃ.
已對照篇首

「正是這樣(icceva)」者:即「iti eva」。「它也」者:即《清淨道論》也。「連同這部[義注]」者:即《吉祥悅意》(Sumaṅgalavilāsinī)。 而此中,以「[由得自在者馬哈瑪欣德]帶到了師子洲」等語顯示顯明義[這一事]的因相;以「為諸洲住民的利益」「為令善人歡喜」「併為令法久住」[顯示其]目的;以其餘[語顯示]作[義注]的方式——因為不論究戒論等,於此處也正是作[義注]的方式。

Iccevāti iti eva. Tampīti visuddhimaggampi. Etāyāti sumaṅgalavilāsiniyā. Ettha ca ‘‘sīhaḷadīpaṃ ābhatā’’tiādinā atthappakāsanassa nimittaṃ dasseti, ‘‘dīpavāsīnamatthāya, sujanassa ca tuṭṭhatthaṃ, ciraṭṭhitatthañca dhammassā’’ti etena payojanaṃ, avasiṭṭhena karaṇappakāraṃ. Sīlakathādīnaṃ avicāraṇampi hi idha karaṇappakāro evāti.
已對照篇首

〈序論釋義〉,終。

Ganthārambhakathāvaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.
Nidānakathāvaṇṇanā
已對照篇首

因緣論釋義

PTS 1.23緬 1.19已對照篇首

凡有分類者,其自體的顯明唯以顯示[其]分類為門而有;所以[義注]為先依品與經顯示[其]分類,便說了「此中,所謂《長部》(dīghāgama)者」等語。此中,「此中(tattha)」者:即在所說的「[我要]顯明殊勝的《長部》之義」那一句話中。義即:凡被誓言「[我]將顯明其義」的那[一部],便名為《長部》——[而它]就品與經而言,其分類是這樣的。或者,「此中」[是就]「依於《長部》之義」這一句話[而言]。義即:所說的那[部]《長部》,就品等而言是如此這般的。為顯示自己的解說唯依[諸法]於第一次大結集中所置定的次第而轉起,[義注]便說了「在它的諸品中……乃至……所說的……為首的因緣」。 [設難:]那麼,為何在四阿含中《長部》最先被結集,而在它[之中]〈戒蘊品〉被最先置定,又在那[品]中是《梵網[經]》呢?——[答:]這一詰問無論於何處都不是不能提起的;然而[當說:]由於[其]功德能引生淨信,《長部》才最先被結集。因為信是諸善法的種子。正如[所]說——「信是種子,苦行是雨水」(《相應部》1.197;《經集》77);而它的「[其]功德能引生淨信」[之性]也已顯示過了。又由於[它]是若干部經的合集、[篇幅]量少,故於領受、憶持等為易;正因如此,這[一部]是三十四部經的合集,[篇幅]量為六十四誦分。而由於戒論眾多,〈戒蘊品〉才被最先置定。因為戒是教法之初——由於一切功德以戒為住立處。正因如此[世尊]說了——「所以,比丘,你正應於諸善法中清淨其最初[之法]。什麼是諸善法之初?即極清淨的戒」等(《相應部》5.395)。而以此便說出了這一品的名稱是隨義而立的(anvatthasaññatā)。而應知:由於是解開[諸]見之論,作為經藏中對諸見作無餘分別[之經]的《梵網[經]》才被最先置定。因為在三藏佛語中,再沒有像《梵網[經]》那樣把諸見執整治得無叢、無結而加以分別的經了。

Vibhāgavantānaṃ sabhāvavibhāvanaṃ vibhāgadassanavaseneva hotīti paṭhamaṃ tāva vaggasuttavasena vibhāgaṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘tattha dīghāgamo nāmā’’tiādimāha. Tattha tatthāti ‘‘dīghassa āgamavarassa atthaṃ pakāsayissāmī’’ti yadidaṃ vuttaṃ, tasmiṃ vacane. Yassa atthaṃ pakāsayissāmīti paṭiññātaṃ, so dīghāgamo nāma vaggasuttavasena evaṃ vibhāgoti attho. Atha vā tatthāti ‘‘dīghāgamanissitamattha’’nti etasmiṃ vacane. Yo dīghāgamo vutto, so vaggādivasena edisoti attho. Attano saṃvaṇṇanāya paṭhamamahāsaṅgītiyaṃ nikkhittānukkameneva pavattabhāvadassanatthaṃ ‘‘tassa vaggesu…pe… vuttaṃ nidānamādī’’ti āha. Kasmā pana catūsu āgamesu dīghāgamo paṭhamaṃ saṅgīto, tattha ca sīlakkhandhavaggo ādito nikkhitto, tasmiñca brahmajālanti? Nāyamanuyogo katthacipi na pavattati, api ca saddhāvahaguṇato dīghanikāyo paṭhamaṃ saṅgīto. Saddhā hi kusaladhammānaṃ bījaṃ. Yathāha – ‘‘saddhā bījaṃ tapo vuṭṭhī’’ti, (saṃ. ni. 1.197; su. ni. 77) saddhāvahaguṇatā cassa dassitāyeva. Kiñca katipayasuttasaṅgahato, appaparimāṇato ca gahaṇadhāraṇādisukhato. Tathāhesa catuttiṃsasuttasaṅgaho catusaṭṭhibhāṇavāraparimāṇo ca. Sīlakathābāhullato pana sīlakkhandhavaggo paṭhamaṃ nikkhitto. Sīlañhi sāsanassa ādi, sīlapatiṭṭhānattā sabbaguṇānaṃ. Tenevāha – ‘‘tasmā tiha, tvaṃ bhikkhu, ādimeva visodhehi kusalesu dhammesu. Ko cādi kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ? Sīlañca suvisuddha’’ntiādi (saṃ. ni. 5.395). Etena cassa vaggassa anvatthasaññatā vuttā hoti. Diṭṭhiviniveṭhanakathābhāvato pana suttantapiṭakassa niravasesadiṭṭhivibhajanaṃ brahmajālaṃ paṭhamaṃ nikkhittanti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Tepiṭake hi buddhavacane brahmajālasadisaṃ diṭṭhigatāni niggumbaṃ nijjaṭaṃ katvā vibhattasuttaṃ natthīti.
Paṭhamamahāsaṅgītikathāvaṇṇanā
已對照篇首

第一次大結集論釋義

PTS 1.24緬 1.20已對照篇首

[義注]既想依[諸法]於第一次大結集中所置定的次第而作解說,[便]為顯示那[結集]、以及它雖已編入[律藏的]聖典(tanti)而[仍]於此處說[它]的理由,說了「第一次大結集……乃至……應如是了知」。此中,把因隨緣而在彼彼處被開示、被制立、[從而]散在各處的法與律攝集起來而唱誦、[即]講說,[名為]「結集(saṅgīti)」;以此,在各各學處與諸經的開頭與末尾、以及中間各處依連接[之需]而置下的結集者之語,便被攝入[其中]了。由境廣大與應受供養[之故]而為大的結集,[名為]「大結集」;最初的大結集[即]「第一次大結集」;它所轉起之時[即]「第一次大結集之時」;[「在第一次大結集時」,即]在那第一次大結集之時。而「因緣(nidāna)」者:把依說處、說時等[而言]本不可知的開示作成可知而指示出來(nidasseti),故為「因緣」。 雖然世尊也另有作為眾生獲得見無上、歸依等之因的其他諸作業存在,然而[唯有]隨順「[我]已覺悟,[我]將令[他人]覺悟」(《佛種姓義注·寶經行處品之解釋》;《所行藏義注·攝頌之解釋》)這一誓言、作為諸所化者證得道與果之因的作業,才直接地[說]即是佛所作事——[義注]故說「因為,從轉法輪起」。此中,信根等法本身以「轉起」之義[而名為]「輪」,[故為]「法輪」。或者,「輪」[即]威令(āṇā);由於不離於法,[它]既是法、又是輪,[故為]「法輪」;又依法、[即]依理而轉(cakkati),[故]也[名為]「法輪」。正如[聖典]所說——

Yassā paṭhamamahāsaṅgītiyaṃ nikkhittānukkamena saṃvaṇṇanaṃ kattukāmo, taṃ, tassā ca tantiāruḷhāya idha vacane kāraṇaṃ dassento ‘‘paṭhamamahāsaṅgīti…pe… veditabbā’’ti āha. Tattha yathāpaccayaṃ tattha tattha desitattā, paññattattā ca vippakiṇṇānaṃ dhammavinayānaṃ saṅgahetvā gāyanaṃ kathanaṃ saṅgīti, etena taṃtaṃsikkhāpadānaṃ suttānañca ādipariyosānesu, antarantarā ca sambandhavasena ṭhapitaṃ saṅgītikāravacanaṃ saṅgahitaṃ hoti. Mahāvisayattā, pūjanīyattā ca mahatī saṅgīti mahāsaṅgīti, paṭhamā mahāsaṅgīti paṭhamamahāsaṅgīti, tassā pavattikālo paṭhamamahāsaṅgītikālo, tasmiṃ paṭhamamahāsaṅgītikāle. Nidānanti ca desanaṃ desakālādivasena aviditaṃ viditaṃ katvā nidassetīti nidānaṃ. Sattānaṃ dassanānuttariyasaraṇādipaṭilābhahetubhūtāsu vijjamānāsupi aññāsu bhagavato kiriyāsu ‘‘buddho bodheyya’’nti (bu. vaṃ. aṭṭha. ratanacaṅkamanakaṇḍavaṇṇanā; cariyā. uddhānagāthāvaṇṇanā) paṭiññāya anulomato veneyyānaṃ maggaphalappattīnaṃ hetubhūtā kiriyā nippariyāyena buddhakiccanti āha – ‘‘dhammacakkappavattanañhi ādiṃ katvā’’ti. Tattha saddhindriyādidhammoyeva pavattanaṭṭhena cakkanti dhammacakkaṃ. Atha vā cakkanti āṇā, dhammato anapetattā dhammañca taṃ cakkañcāti dhammacakkaṃ, dhammena ñāyena cakkantipi dhammacakkaṃ. Yathāha –
已對照篇首

「[它]既轉起法、又[轉起]輪,故為『法輪』;[它]既轉起輪、又[轉起]法,故為『法輪』;[它]以法而轉起,故為『法輪』;[它]以法行而轉起,故為『法輪』」等(《無礙解道》2、39、41)。

‘‘Dhammañca pavatteti cakkañcāti dhammacakkaṃ, cakkañca pavatteti dhammañcāti dhammacakkaṃ, dhammena pavattetīti dhammacakkaṃ, dhammacariyāya pavattetīti dhammacakka’’ntiādi (paṭi. ma. 2, 39, 41).
PTS 1.25已對照篇首

「佛所作事已作畢的」——以此顯示佛所應作的[事]沒有任何一項殘留。[設難:]豈不是[這樣]:由諸弟子所調伏的所化者也正是由世尊所調伏的——正因如此,弟子所說的經才被稱為「佛語」;而由諸弟子[所應調伏]的所化者[在那時]還沒有被調伏呀?——[答:]這不成過失,因為調伏他們的方法已安立於諸弟子[身上]了。正因如此[世尊]說了——

‘‘Katabuddhakicce’’ti etena buddhakattabbassa kassacipi asesitabhāvaṃ dasseti. Nanu ca sāvakehi vinītāpi vineyyā bhagavatāyeva vinītā honti, yato sāvakabhāsitaṃ suttaṃ ‘‘buddhavacana’’nti vuccati, sāvakavineyyā ca na tāva vinītāti? Nāyaṃ doso tesaṃ vinayanupāyassa sāvakesu ṭhapitattā. Tenevāha –
已對照篇首

「波旬,只要我的比丘弟子還沒有成為賢明的、已受調教的、有自信的、多聞的、持法的……乃至……還沒有能以如法[之言]善加折伏已生起的他人異論而教示有示導的法,我就不會般涅槃」等(《長部》2.168;《相應部》5.822;《自說》51)。

‘‘Na tāvāhaṃ, pāpima, parinibbāyissāmi, yāva me bhikkhū na sāvakā bhavissanti viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā…pe… uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ saha dhammena suniggahitaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desessa’’ntiādi (dī. ni. 2.168; saṃ. ni. 5.822; udā. 51).
緬 1.21已對照篇首

「於拘屍那羅」等——[這]對世尊般涅槃之處與時的差別的顯示,是為了顯示「世尊未般涅槃」這一執取之謬,又為了顯示[他]確曾於世間生長。正因如此,為使[自己的]人之身分極為顯然,諸大菩薩在最後一生中也會有娶妻等[事]。 「由業與煩惱所執取」,故為「取(upādi)」,[即]諸異熟蘊,以及業所作之色。而那「取」,在[初]證涅槃時由破除煩惱魔與行魔而尚未被舍離,[而]在此處由破除蘊魔與死魔而被舍離、[令]無餘——故這[界]是「無餘涅槃界」。而此中「涅槃界」者,所意指的唯是寂滅(nibbuti);而這是於如是有之相(itthambhūtalakkhaṇa)[之義]上的具格之說示。 「於舍利分配之日」這[語]不是「已聚集的」這[語]的限定語,而是「生起熱忱」[一事]的限定語,[即]「在舍利分配之日於諸比丘中生起了熱忱」。因為諸比丘是在舍利分配之日以前的那些日子裡就陸續會合了的。或者,義即:「於舍利分配之日已聚集的」[是指]依身之和合而聚集一處的[諸比丘]。僧團的上座[即]「僧團上座」;而那僧團是多少之量呢?——[義注]故說「七十萬比丘」。因為由於[前後語]恆常相待,在這樣的[語]中正有複合語(samāsa)可成,如「提婆達多的師家」[一語]。

‘‘Kusinārāya’’ntiādi bhagavato parinibbutadesakālavisesadassanaṃ ‘‘aparinibbuto bhagavā’’ti gāhassa micchābhāvadassanatthaṃ, loke jātasaṃvaddhabhāvadassanatthañca. Tathā hi manussabhāvassa supākaṭakaraṇatthaṃ mahābodhisattā carimabhave dārapariggahādīnipi karontīti. Upādīyate kammakilesehīti upādi, vipākakkhandhā kaṭattā ca rūpaṃ. So pana upādi kilesābhisaṅkhāramāranimmathanena nibbānappattiyaṃ anossaṭṭho, idha khandhamaccumāranimmathanena ossaṭṭho nissesitoti ayaṃ anupādisesā, nibbānadhātu. Nibbānadhātūti cettha nibbutimattaṃ adhippetaṃ, itthambhūtalakkhaṇe cāyaṃ karaṇaniddeso. ‘‘Dhātubhājanadivase’’ti idaṃ na ‘‘sannipatitāna’’nti etassa visesanaṃ, ussāhajananassa pana visesanaṃ, ‘‘dhātubhājanadivase bhikkhūnaṃ ussāhaṃ janesī’’ti. Dhātubhājanadivasato hi purimapurimataradivasesu bhikkhū samāgatāti. Atha vā dhātubhājanadivase sannipatitānaṃ kāyasāmaggīvasena sahitānanti attho. Saṅghassa thero saṅghatthero, so pana saṅgho kiṃ parimāṇānanti āha – ‘‘sattannaṃ bhikkhusatasahassāna’’nti. Niccasāpekkhatāya hi edisesu samāso hotiyeva, yathā – ‘‘devadattassa garukula’’nti.
PTS 1.26已對照篇首

[語句的]連結[是]:「具壽大迦葉……又想到[這樣的僧團集會]以後難得,[便]於諸比丘中生起了熱忱」。「於舍利分配之日已聚集的」這[語],也應與「於諸比丘中生起了熱忱」這[句]中「諸比丘」這一句相連結。[語句的]連結[是]:「憶念起年老出家者須跋陀所說的那番話」;此中,意趣[是]:「憶念起」[是]依法之悚懼[而憶念]。「便令正法隱沒」「[我何不]結集」……乃至……「長久住立」「對那[恩德],還有什麼別的償債(āṇaṇya)呢」——這些句與「如是思惟」這[語]相連結。同樣,「又,我之所以」這[語]與「受攝受」「加以稱讚」這[二語]相連結。「[存在這樣的情況,]惡比丘們」——此中「yaṃ」唯是不變詞,或[是]原因之說示,義即:由於某個原因[他們]會令[正法]隱沒,而那個原因是存在的。「堪於經久」者:即行於長途之道者,義即堪於長時。

Āyasmā mahākassapo puna dullabhabhāvaṃ maññamāno bhikkhūnaṃ ussāhaṃ janesīti sambandho. ‘‘Dhātubhājanadivase sannipatitāna’’nti idaṃ ‘‘bhikkhūnaṃ ussāhaṃ janesī’’ti ettha ‘‘bhikkhūna’’nti imināpi padena sambandhanīyaṃ. Subhaddena vuḍḍhapabbajitena vuttavacanamanussarantoti sambandho. Tattha anussaranto dhammasaṃvegavasenāti adhippāyo. ‘‘Saddhammaṃ antaradhāpeyyuṃ saṅgāyeyyaṃ…pe… ciraṭṭhitikaṃ tassa kimaññaṃ āṇaṇyaṃ bhavissatī’’ti etesaṃ padānaṃ ‘‘iti cintayanto’’ti etena sambandho. Tathā ‘‘yañcāha’’nti etassa ‘‘anuggahito pasaṃsito’’ti etena sambandho. Yaṃ pāpabhikkhūti ettha yanti nipātamattaṃ, kāraṇaniddeso vā, yena kāraṇena antaradhāpeyyuṃ, tadetaṃ kāraṇaṃ vijjatīti attho, addhaniyanti addhānamaggagāmi, addhānakkhamanti attho.
PTS 1.27緬 1.22已對照篇首

「又,我之所以」——此中「yaṃ」[即]「由於」,所說的是「由於某個原因」;或者這[「yaṃ」]是對作業的指涉,以它便指涉了「受攝受」「加以稱讚」[二語中]的攝受與稱讚。「以於衣上共同受用」——此中應從「[被]安立為與自己同等」[一語]把「自己」一語引來,配釋為「以於衣上與[他]自己共同受用」。因為「凡與某[語]有關係者,縱然位置遙遠,那[語]也正是它的[關係語]」。或者,應配釋為「由世尊、以於衣上共同受用而為世尊所攝受」;因為這一具格之說示也可能有顯示共同[作]與作者之義[的作用]。 「只要(yāvade)」者:即「yāvadeva」,[義即]多少時間、或於多少等至住、神通住中[我]願意而住、亦[如是]言說,迦葉也是這樣——此是[其]義。而應知:這[語]是依九次第住與六神通之性的共通而唯作讚歎[之辭]說的。因為具壽大迦葉並不像世尊那樣每日入二百四十萬俱胝之數的等至,也不依雙神變等[方式]運用諸神通。正因如此[義注]說了「在以九次第住與六神通為別的」。「對那[恩德],還有什麼別的償債呢」——意趣[是]:除了結集法與律[之外,別無償債]。以「世尊豈不是……」等[語],[義注]依比喻闡明瞭已說之義。

Yañcāhanti ettha yanti yasmā, yena kāraṇenāti vuttaṃ hoti, kiriyāparāmasanaṃ vā etaṃ, tena ‘‘anuggahito pasaṃsito’’ti ettha anuggaṇhanaṃ pasaṃsanañca parāmasati. ‘‘Cīvare sādhāraṇaparibhogenā’’ti ettha ‘‘attanā samasamaṭṭhapanenā’’ti idha attanā-saddaṃ ānetvā cīvare attanā sādhāraṇaparibhogenāti yojetabbaṃ. Yassa yena hi sambandho dūraṭṭhampi ca tassa tanti atha vā bhagavatā cīvare sādhāraṇaparibhogena bhagavatā anuggahitoti yojanīyaṃ, etassāpi hi karaṇaniddesassa sahayogakattutthajotakattasambhavato. Yāvadeti yāvadeva, yattakaṃ kālaṃ, yattake vā samāpattivihāre, abhiññāvihāre vā ākaṅkhanto viharāmi ceva voharāmi ca, tathā kassapopīti attho. Idañca navānupubbavihārachaḷabhiññabhāvasāmaññena thutimattaṃ vuttanti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Na hi āyasmā mahākassapo bhagavā viya devasikaṃ catuvīsatikoṭisatasahassasaṅkhyā samāpattiyo samāpajjati, yamakapāṭihāriyādivasena vā abhiññāyo vaḷañjetīti. Tenevāha – ‘‘navānupubbavihārachaḷabhiññāppabhede’’ti. Tassa kimaññaṃ āṇaṇyaṃ bhavissati, aññatra dhammavinayasaṅgāyanāti adhippāyo. ‘‘Nanu maṃ bhagavā’’tiādinā vuttamevatthaṃ upamāvasena vibhāveti.
已對照篇首

「此後」者:即在那於諸比丘中生起熱忱之後。「趁非法尚未熾盛(pure adhammo dippati)」者:「dippati」也[即]「dibbati」;義即:在非法能夠排拒法之前,[正]要趁其更早[之時]。因為這「pure(趁……之前)」一語是用於[時]臨近而[事]非所願[之處]。而「dippati(熾盛)」[即]「dippissati(將熾盛)」。因為由與「pure」一語連用,這現在時的用法[是]用於未來之義,如「趁天還未下雨(purā vassati devo)」[一語]。

Tato paranti tato bhikkhūnaṃ ussāhajananato parato. Pure adhammo dippatīti apināma dibbati, yāva adhammo dhammaṃ paṭibāhituṃ samattho hoti, tato puretaramevāti attho. Āsanne anicchite hi ayaṃ pure-saddo. Dippatīti ca dippissati. Puresaddasanniyogena hi anāgatatthe ayaṃ vattamānappayogo, yathā – ‘‘purā vassati devo’’ti.
PTS 1.28緬 1.23已對照篇首

「持整個九分導師教說之教理(pariyatti)的……乃至……[共]差一位便滿五百」——以此顯示:雖然直到純觀行的漏盡[者]為止的上述諸人也確有阿含與證得,然而連同諸無礙解而具足三明等功德者,由於阿含與證得的成就已達最上,[故]於結集為多所助益。 這[語]說在〈結集犍度〉中(《波羅夷》437)——「沒有一樣[對他]是非親見的」,[這]是由於[於他]是熟練現行的;而在《普端嚴》中則說「沒有一樣是不當面領受的」(《波羅夷義注·第一次大結集論》),那[語]是因[即使]說為「二千[法]從比丘[處領受]」的[那些法]也正是在世尊座下所領受的[這一點]而說的。「[共]八萬四千」者:[義注]是就諸法蘊而說。「所熟練的」者:即熟練的。 由於阿難長老[門下]多為新學的眾[弟子]還俗,大迦葉長老才這樣說——「這孩子真不知分量啊!」此中,「分量」者:即限度。[其]句之分別[是]「chandā āgamanaṃ viya(如同隨欲而行)」。應知:「雖然是有學」這[語]不是因諸有學[仍]有趣於非處[之事]而說的,而是因所挑選的唯是諸無學[而說的];因為四種趣於非處唯以第一道便被斷除了。而「[卻]不可能因欲……乃至……而趣於非處」[一語],是依顯示他堪任於法的結集而講說[其]現有的功德。「已學得」者:即已修學。

‘‘Sakalanavaṅgasatthusāsanapariyattidhare…pe… ekūnapañcasate pariggahesī’’ti etena sukkhavipassakakhīṇāsavapariyantānaṃ yathāvuttapuggalānaṃ satipi āgamādhigamasabbhāve saha paṭisambhidāhi pana tevijjādiguṇayuttānaṃ āgamādhigamasampattiyā ukkaṃsagatattā saṅgītiyā bahupakārataṃ dasseti. Idaṃ vuttaṃ saṅgītikkhandhake, (pārā. 437) apaccakkhaṃ nāma natthi paguṇappavattibhāvato, samantapāsādikāyaṃ pana ‘‘asammukhā paṭiggahitaṃ nāma natthī’’ti (pārā. aṭṭha. paṭhamamahāsaṅgītikathā) vuttaṃ, taṃ ‘‘dve sahassāni bhikkhuto’’ti vuttampi bhagavato santike paṭiggahitamevāti katvā vuttaṃ. Caturāsītisahassānīti dhammakkhandhe sandhāyāha. Pavattinoti paguṇāni. Ānandattherassa navappāyāya parisāya vibbhamanena mahākassapatthero evamāha – ‘‘na vāyaṃ kumārako mattamaññāsī’’ti. Tattha mattanti pamāṇaṃ. Chandā āgamanaṃ viyāti padavibhāgo. ‘‘Kiñcāpi sekkho’’ti idaṃ na sekkhānaṃ agatigamanasabbhāvena vuttaṃ, asekkhānameva pana uccinitattāti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Paṭhamamaggeneva hi cattāri agatigamanāni pahīyantīti. ‘‘Abhabbo chandā…pe… agatiṃ gantu’’nti ca dhammasaṅgītiyā tassa yogyabhāvadassanena vijjamānaguṇakathanaṃ. Pariyattoti adhīto.
已對照篇首

諸牛於此[處]行,故為「牛行處(gocara)」;如牛行處[一般],故為「乞食處(gocara)」,[即]比丘行乞之處。「異分之人」[即]如須跋陀那樣的[人]。「矛欄」者:[義注]是就諸末羅王以手持矛、劍等的人們為世尊的舍利作守護而說。「[他]便斷了那障礙而作那應作之事」者:義即:把作結集者所應斷的[障礙]斷了之後,[專]作那一件應作之事。「大眾」者:即眾多人。意趣[是]:「都禮敬香室」[是]由於[它]是受用塔。「就如任何一個[具上述性質者]」者:義即:正如另一個具上述性質者[所會那樣],[便]是這樣。「使他生起悚懼」者:即以「世尊豈不是早已宣示過——『與一切可愛可意[之人物]都有別離、有分離』」等[語](《長部》2.183;《相應部》5.379;《增支部》10.48;《小品》437)而使[他]生起了悚懼。「諸界過盛」者:即病素積集[之身]。「少量的藥」者:即少許的藥;因為這「mattā」一語是少量之義,如在「若舍少樂(mattāsukhapariccāga)」等[句](《法句》290)中[那樣]。「在第二日」者:即在被天神使生悚懼之日、或進入祇樹林精舍之日的第二日。威令即是輪,[故為]「威令之輪」。

Gāvo caranti etthāti gocaro, gocaro viya gocaro, bhikkhācaraṇaṭṭhānaṃ. Visabhāgapuggalo subhaddasadiso. Sattipañjaranti sattikhaggādihatthehi purisehi mallarājūnaṃ bhagavato dhātuārakkhakaraṇaṃ sandhāyāha. Taṃ palibodhaṃ chinditvā taṃ karaṇīyaṃ karotūti saṅgāhakena chinditabbaṃ chinditvā ekantakaraṇīyaṃ karotūti attho. Mahājananti bahujanaṃ. Gandhakuṭiṃ vanditvā paribhogacetiyabhāvatoti adhippāyo. Yathā tanti yathā aññopi yathāvuttasabhāvo, evanti attho. Saṃvejesīti ‘‘nanu bhagavatā paṭikacceva akkhātaṃ – ‘sabbeheva piyehi manāpehi nānābhāvo vinābhāvo’’’tiādinā (dī. ni. 2.183; saṃ. ni. 5.379; a. ni. 10.48; cūḷava. 437) saṃvegaṃ janesi. Ussannadhātukanti upacitadosaṃ. Bhesajjamattāti appakaṃ bhesajjaṃ. Appattho hi ayaṃ mattā-saddo, ‘‘mattāsukhapariccāgo’’tiādīsu (dha. pa. 290) viya. Dutiyadivaseti devatāya saṃvejitadivasato, jetavanavihāraṃ paviṭṭhadivasato vā dutiyadivase. Āṇāva cakkaṃ āṇācakkaṃ.
PTS 1.29已對照篇首

「這是最上的」者:即「這[位]是最上的」;因為這一說示[是]依性的轉換(liṅgavipallāsa)[而作]。而「即(yadidaṃ)」者:即「凡這[位]」;或應[如]「即這五蘊(yadidaṃ khandhapañcakaṃ)」[那樣]配釋。 [設難:]「賢友優波離,第一條波羅夷是在何處制定的」——[這]為何這樣說呢?豈不是在結集之前的時候,它是第一[條]並不合宜嗎?——[答:]不,並非不合宜;因為依世尊制戒的次第、以及依[波羅提木叉]誦出的次第,[它的]第一之性已成立。應知:因為三藏大多正是依世尊住世時所住立的次第而被結集的,尤其是律藏與阿毗達摩藏。「既詢問了……事」等[語],是連同以「在何處制定」等[語]所顯示的[部分]、把其餘[部分]也一併攝集起來加以顯示而說的。「在第一條波羅夷[中]」者:即在第一條波羅夷的聖典[之文]中(《波羅夷》24);正因如此[義注]說了「因為諸如來連一個文字也不會無義地說」。

Etadagganti eso aggo. Liṅgavipallāsena hi ayaṃ niddeso. Yadidanti ca yo ayaṃ, yadidaṃ khandhapañcakanti vā yojetabbaṃ. ‘‘Paṭhamaṃ āvuso upāli pārājikaṃ kattha paññatta’’nti kasmā vuttaṃ, nanu tassa saṅgītiyā purimakāle paṭhamabhāvo na yuttoti? No na yutto, bhagavatā paññattānukkamena pātimokkhuddesānukkamena ca paṭhamabhāvassa siddhattā. Yebhuyyena hi tīṇi piṭakāni bhagavato dharamānakāle ṭhitānukkameneva saṅgītāni, visesato vinayābhidhammapiṭakānīti daṭṭhabbaṃ. ‘‘Vatthumpi pucchī’’tiādi ‘kattha paññatta’ntiādinā dassitena saha tadavasiṭṭhampi saṅgahetvā dassanavasena vuttaṃ. Paṭhamapārājiketi paṭhamapārājikapāḷiyaṃ (pārā. 24), tenevāha – ‘‘na hi tathāgatā ekabyañjanampi niratthakaṃ vadantī’’ti.
緬 1.24已對照篇首

長部誦者們說「《本生》等[被]結集於論藏」,[其理是]:攝於小部的《本生》等,既多分是法之說示,則把[它們]結集於同樣[是法之說示]的論藏中是恰當的;而非[結集]於《長部》等類的經藏中,也非[結集]於是施設之說示的律藏中。而此中[長部誦者]不[另]取《所行藏》與《佛種姓》,是由於[它們]與《本生》同類[而已被攝]。而中部誦者們則說「依事之生起(aṭṭhuppatti)而教說的《本生》等,由於是隨順之教說,把[它們]結集於同樣[是隨順之教說]的經藏中是恰當的;而非[結集]於是自性法之說示、[即]如法之教誡的論藏中」,[如是]說《本生》等是攝於經藏的。而此中應審察何者為恰當而後取。

Jātakādike khuddakanikāyapariyāpanne, yebhuyyena ca dhammaniddesabhūte tādise abhidhammapiṭake saṅgaṇhituṃ yuttaṃ, na pana dīghanikāyādippakāre suttantapiṭake, nāpi paññattiniddesabhūte vinayapiṭaketi dīghabhāṇakā ‘‘jātakādīnaṃ abhidhammapiṭake saṅgaho’’ti vadanti. Cariyāpiṭakabuddhavaṃsānañcettha aggahaṇaṃ, jātakagatikattā. Majjhimabhāṇakā pana ‘‘aṭṭhuppattivasena desitānaṃ jātakādīnaṃ yathānulomadesanābhāvato tādise suttantapiṭake saṅgaho yutto, na pana sabhāvadhammaniddesabhūte yathādhammasāsane abhidhammapiṭake’’ti jātakādīnaṃ suttantapiṭakapariyāpannataṃ kathayanti. Tattha ca yuttaṃ vicāretvā gahetabbaṃ.
PTS 1.30已對照篇首

如是依因相、用途、時、處、作者、方法諸類別顯示了第一次結集之後,如今為於其中已確立而成就的法與律[得]種種善巧故,為顯示[依味]一種等的差別,[義注]說了「如是,這[全部佛語]」等[語]。此中,「解脫之味」者:即解脫的功德;或即以解脫為成就者,因為[它]令成辦最上之果;或即解脫的作用,因為[它]令成辦對諸煩惱的究竟解脫。而有些[師]說是「解脫的滋味」。

Evaṃ nimittapayojanakāladesakārakakaraṇappakārehi paṭhamaṃ saṅgītiṃ dassetvā idāni tattha vavatthāpitasiddhesu dhammavinayesu nānappakārakosallatthaṃ ekavidhādibhede dassetuṃ ‘‘evameta’’ntiādimāha. Tattha vimuttirasanti vimuttiguṇaṃ, vimuttisampattikaṃ vā, aggaphalanipphādanato, vimuttikiccaṃ vā, kilesānaṃ accantaṃ vimuttisampādanato. Keci pana ‘‘vimuttiassāda’’nti vadanti.
已對照篇首

縱然一切佛語不加區別地[說]都是律,因為[能]調伏煩惱;[也]都是法,因為[能]令依所教誡而行道者不墮惡趣等;然而,為揀擇此處所意指的法與律,[義注便]說了「此中,律藏[是律]」等[語]。其餘的佛語是法,因為多分依蘊等而教說自性法。或者,縱然律也正是法——由於[同是]教理(pariyatti)等之性——然而在「律」一語近旁、以異所依之性而用的「法」一語,[則]顯示與律之聖典(tanti)相異的聖典,猶如「福與智之資糧」以及「牛與牡牛(gobalibaddha)」[之例]。

Kiñcāpi avisesena sabbampi buddhavacanaṃ kilesavinayanena vinayo, yathānusiṭṭhaṃ paṭipajjamāne apāyapatanādito dhāraṇena dhammo, idhādhippete pana dhammavinaye niddhāretuṃ ‘‘tattha vinayapiṭaka’’ntiādimāha. Avasesaṃ buddhavacanaṃ dhammo, khandhādivasena sabhāvadhammadesanābāhullato. Atha vā yadipi dhammoyeva vinayopi, pariyattiyādibhāvato, vinayasaddasannidhāne pana bhinnādhikaraṇabhāvena payutto dhamma-saddo vinayatantividhuraṃ tantiṃ dīpeti yathā ‘‘puññañāṇasambhārā, gobalibaddha’’nti ca.
PTS 1.31緬 1.25已對照篇首

「無數生的輪迴中」——這首偈頌是世尊在觀察自己那作為一切知智之近因的阿羅漢[果]之證得時、緊接第十九觀察智之後所說的。因此[義注]說「此是最初佛語」。據說這[偈]是一切諸佛所不捨的自說。這[偈]的略義是:我尋覓這自體之屋的造者、[即]愛之木匠,[而]在燃燈[佛]足下為了那能以之見到它的菩提智而作了至上願(abhinīhāra);[自那時起]這麼長的時間裡,於無數生的輪迴、[即]數達無數十萬生的輪迴之流轉中,不得[見]、[即]不得不獲那智,[就這樣]流轉、[即]輪轉[至今]。由於這名為「生」者因雜有老、病、死而一再受之為苦,又由於在它[即造屋者]未被見到時[生]並不止息,所以[偈中]義為「尋覓它而流轉」。「你已被見到」者:如今[你]已被正通達一切知智的我見到了。「再[造]屋」者:即再[造]這稱為自體的我的屋。「你不會造」者:即不將造。你的一切無餘的、[即]煩惱之椽木已被我折斷。這由你所造的自體之屋的屋頂、[即]稱為無明的屋頂圓飾(kaṇṇikamaṇḍala)已毀壞、[即]已被摧毀。「離行」即涅槃;如今我的心[以彼]作所緣而已至、[即]已入於[它];而我已證得、[即]已獲得、已到達稱為諸愛之盡的阿羅漢道。這[偈]是以意所轉起的諸法之初。而「當諸法顯現時」(《自說》1、2、3)這[偈],[諸師]說是以語所轉起的諸法之初。據說世尊是依內心默唸而說了「無數生的輪迴中」等[偈](《法句》153)。「於初一日」這[語]不應與「已證得一切知性者」這[語]相連,而應與「觀察[緣之行相]時所生起的」這[語]相連。因為世尊正是在衛塞月的滿月[日]的黎明時分證得一切知性的。

‘‘Anekajātisaṃsāra’’nti ayaṃ gāthā bhagavatā attano sabbaññutañāṇapadaṭṭhānaṃ arahattappattiṃ paccavekkhantena ekūnavīsatimassa paccavekkhaṇañāṇassa anantaraṃ bhāsitā. Tenāha ‘‘idaṃ paṭhamabuddhavacana’’nti. Idaṃ kira sabbabuddhehi avijahitaṃ udānaṃ. Ayamassa saṅkhepattho – ahaṃ imassa attabhāvagehassa kārakaṃ taṇhāvaḍḍhakiṃ gavesanto yena ñāṇena taṃ daṭṭhuṃ sakkā, tassa bodhiñāṇassatthāya dīpaṅkarapādamūle katābhinīhāro ettakaṃ kālaṃ anekajātisaṃsāraṃ anekajātisatasahassasaṅkhyaṃ saṃsāravaṭṭaṃ anibbisaṃ taṃ ñāṇaṃ avindanto alabhantoyeva sandhāvissaṃ saṃsariṃ. Yasmā jarāvyādhimaraṇamissatāya jāti nāmesā punappunaṃ upagantuṃ dukkhā, na ca sā tasmiṃ adiṭṭhe nivattati, tasmā taṃ gavesanto sandhāvissanti attho. Diṭṭhosīti idāni mayā sabbaññutañāṇaṃ paṭivijjhantena diṭṭho asi. Puna gehanti puna imaṃ attabhāvasaṅkhātaṃ mama gehaṃ. Na kāhasi na karissasi. Tava sabbā avasesākilesaphāsukā mayā bhaggā. Imassa tayā katassa attabhāvagehassa kūṭaṃ avijjāsaṅkhātaṃ kaṇṇikamaṇḍalaṃ visaṅkhataṃ viddhaṃsitaṃ. Visaṅkhāraṃ nibbānaṃ ārammaṇakaraṇavasena gataṃ anupaviṭṭhaṃ idāni mama cittaṃ, ahañca taṇhānaṃ khayasaṅkhātaṃ arahattamaggaṃ ajjhagā adhigato pattosmīti. Ayaṃ manasā pavattitadhammānamādi. ‘‘Yadā have pātubhavanti dhammā’’ti (udā. 1, 2, 3) ayaṃ pana vācāya pavattitadhammānaṃ ādīti vadanti. Antojappanavasena kira bhagavā ‘‘anekajātisaṃsāra’’ntiādimāha (dha. pa. 153). ‘‘Pāṭipadadivase’’ti idaṃ ‘‘sabbaññubhāvappattassā’’ti na etena sambandhitabbaṃ, ‘‘paccavekkhantassa uppannā’’ti etena pana sambandhitabbaṃ. Visākhapuṇṇamāyameva hi bhagavā paccūsasamaye sabbaññutaṃ pattoti.
已對照篇首

「[諸行是]壞滅法」者:[世尊]以無常相之門也顯明瞭諸行的苦相與無我相,因為有「凡無常者即是苦,凡苦者即是無我」(《相應部》3.15;《無礙解道》2.10)之語。又應知:[世尊]正以顯明三相之法而顯示以彼為所緣的毗婆舍那時,[便]闡明瞭非一切外道之境、為佛所獨有、以四諦業處為依處、不顛倒的趣涅槃之道。如今[世尊]以「當以不放逸成就」而於其中的正行道[上]策勵[他們]。或者,[世尊]以「諸行是壞滅法」這[語]略而令[他們]悚懼之後,[便]以「當以不放逸成就」這[語]、正[以]略[說]而顯示了無餘的正行道。因為「不放逸」一句是遍取了三學所攝的完全圓滿的教而住的。

Vayadhammāti aniccalakkhaṇamukhena dukkhānattalakkhaṇampi saṅkhārānaṃ vibhāveti ‘‘yadaniccaṃ taṃ dukkhaṃ, yaṃ dukkhaṃ tadanattā’’ti (saṃ. ni. 3.15; paṭi. ma. 2.10) vacanato. Lakkhaṇattayavibhāvananayeneva ca tadārammaṇaṃ vipassanaṃ dassento sabbatitthiyānaṃ avisayabhūtaṃ buddhāveṇikaṃ catusaccakammaṭṭhānādhiṭṭhānaṃ aviparītaṃ nibbānagāminippaṭipadaṃ pakāsetīti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Idāni tattha sammāpaṭipattiyaṃ niyojeti ‘‘appamādena sampādethā’’ti. Atha vā ‘‘vayadhammā saṅkhārā’’ti etena saṅkhepena saṃvejetvā ‘‘appamādena sampādethā’’ti saṅkhepeneva niravasesaṃ sammāpaṭipattiṃ dasseti. Appamādapadañhi sikkhāttayasaṅgahitaṃ kevalaparipuṇṇaṃ sāsanaṃ pariyādiyitvā tiṭṭhatīti.
緬 1.26已對照篇首

「於第一次結集時未結集的」者:即〈結集犍度〉、《論事》等。而有些[師]說「《須婆經》(《長部》1.444)也是於第一次結集時未結集的」;然而那[說]不成立。因為[那經]是在第一次結集之前,由住於祇樹林的尊者阿難對須婆青年所說的。

Paṭhamasaṅgītiyaṃ asaṅgītaṃ saṅgītikkhandhakakathāvatthuppakaraṇādi. Keci pana ‘‘subhasuttampi (dī. ni. 1.444) paṭhamasaṅgītiyaṃ asaṅgīta’’nti vadanti, taṃ pana na yujjati. Paṭhamasaṅgītito puretarameva hi āyasmatā ānandena jetavane viharantena subhassa māṇavassa bhāsitanti.
已對照篇首

「以堅固作與鬆緩作為用途[的隨制]」者:[此二]依次是於世間之罪與制罪的諸學處中[的]。「因此」者:即由「方法多樣」等。「此」者:即「由方法多樣、方法殊勝」[等]偈語。「此[之]」者:即律的。

Daḷhikammasithilīkaraṇappayojanā yathākkamaṃ pakatisāvajjapaṇṇattisāvajjesu sikkhāpadesu. Tenāti vividhanayattādinā. Etanti vividhavisesanayattāti gāthāvacanaṃ. Etassāti vinayassa.
PTS 1.32已對照篇首

「自利、他利等差別[之義]」者:凡誦習、聽聞、教誦、思察、教說那經者,經所攝集的戒等之義也成為他的;又由於[他]應以之令他人成辦,[故]也成為他人的——那經[便]指示、[即]顯示這二者。同樣,以「等」一語攝取了「現法的與後世的」、「世間的與出世間的」等等差別之義。而這「義」一語是「利益」的同義語,不是「所說之義」[之語];若是[後者],則會說成「經既指示自己的所說之義,也[指示]他人的[所說之義]」這樣的義。又[如此則成]「凡經所闡明之義即唯是它的」,[而]並非由它指示了他利;[如此]由於沒有應由它指示的、[即]應被遮除的他利,[偈中]「義」一語的採用也就不應作了。又由於沒有脫離自利、他利的[其他]所說之義,「等」一語的採用也不應作了。所以,由於如上所說的「利益」同義語之義在經[自身]中不可得,[故]是就受持經的人而說了自利與他利。

Attatthaparatthādibhedeti yo taṃ suttaṃ sajjhāyati, suṇāti, vāceti, cinteti, deseti ca, suttena saṅgahito sīlādiattho tassāpi hoti, tena parassa sādhetabbato parassāpi hotīti, tadubhayaṃ taṃ suttaṃ sūceti dīpeti. Tathā diṭṭhadhammikasamparāyikaṃ lokiyalokuttarañcāti evamādibhede atthe ādi-saddena saṅgaṇhāti. Attha-saddo cāyaṃ hitapariyāyavacanaṃ, na bhāsitatthavacanaṃ, yadi siyā, suttaṃ attanopi bhāsitatthaṃ sūceti, parassāpīti ayamattho vutto siyā. Suttena ca yo attho pakāsito so tasseva hotīti, na tena parattho sūcito hoti, tena sūcetabbassa paratthassa nivattetabbassa abhāvā atthagahaṇañca na kattabbaṃ. Attatthaparatthavinimmuttassa bhāsitatthassa abhāvā ādiggahaṇañca na kattabbaṃ. Tasmā yathāvuttassa hitapariyāyassa atthassa sutte asambhavato suttadhārassa puggalassa vasena attatthaparatthā vuttā.
PTS 1.33緬 1.27已對照篇首

或者,不顧及經[自身],在「不為其他義、不求稱譽與利得」這一句的義釋中(《大義釋》63;《小義釋》85)所說的自利等諸義之類別——「自利、他利、兩者之利、現法之義、後世之義、淺顯之義、甚深之義、隱覆之義、覆藏之義、應引申之義、已引申之義、無過之義、無煩惱之義、淨白之義、勝義」——經指示那些[義],[偈]義即如此。在這一義的分說中,「義」一語也是「所說之義」的同義語。因為此中前五種義之類別是「利益」的同義語,此後的六種是「所說之義」的差別,而後面的[四種]則具二者之性。此中,由於難以證達,[故]於顯明[時]得不到立足處的是「甚深」。不敞露的是「隱覆」。如根與水等被土[所覆]一般,由字之排列等而被遮蔽的是「覆藏」。應揀擇而後令知的是「應引申」。應依字面而了知的是「已引申」。「無過」「無煩惱」「淨白」是依同義語而說的;或者是依善、異熟、[無記]作用之法而說的。「勝義」即涅槃;或者正是諸法的不顛倒自性。或者,[經]以「[他]自己也是少欲的」而指示自利,以「又對他人作少欲之論」而指示他利。如是應聯結「[他]自己也離殺生」等(《增支部》4.99、265)諸經。又應與律、阿毗達摩相區別而說「經」一語之義。所以,由依所化者的意樂而轉起的教說,自利、他利等是格外被闡明的,因為[那教說]以彼為主;而非由依教令與自性法而轉起的[教說所闡明]——正因此[義]才說了「由指示諸義故[為]經」。

Atha vā suttaṃ anapekkhitvā ye attatthādayo atthappabhedā vuttā ‘‘na haññadatthatthipasaṃsalābhā’’ti etassa padassa niddese (mahāni. 63; cūḷani. 85) ‘‘attattho, parattho, ubhayattho, diṭṭhadhammiko attho, samparāyiko attho, uttāno attho, gambhīro attho, gūḷho attho, paṭicchanno attho, neyyo attho, nīto attho, anavajjo attho, nikkileso attho, vodāno attho, paramattho’’ti te suttaṃ sūcetīti attho. Imasmiṃ atthavikappe attha-saddo bhāsitatthapariyāyopi hoti. Ettha hi purimakā pañca atthappabhedā hitapariyāyā, tato pare cha bhāsitatthabhedā, pacchimakā pana ubhayasabhāvā. Tattha duradhigamatāya vibhāvane aladdhagādho gambhīro. Na vivaṭo gūḷho. Mūludakādayo viya paṃsunā akkharasannivesādinā tirohito paṭicchanno. Niddhāretvā ñāpetabbo neyyo. Yathārutavasena veditabbo nīto. Anavajjanikkilesavodānā pariyāyavasena vuttā, kusalavipākakiriyādhammavasena vā. Paramattho nibbānaṃ, dhammānaṃ aviparītasabhāvo eva vā. Atha vā ‘‘attanā ca appiccho hotī’’ti attatthaṃ, ‘‘appicchākathañca paresaṃ kattā hotī’’ti paratthaṃ sūceti. Evaṃ ‘‘attanā ca pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hotī’’tiādi (a. ni. 4.99, 265) suttāni yojetabbāni. Vinayābhidhammehi ca visesetvā sutta-saddassa attho vattabbo. Tasmā veneyyajjhāsayavasappavattāya desanāya attahitaparahitatādīni sātisayaṃ pakāsitāni hoti tapparabhāvato, na āṇādhammasabhāvavasappavattāyāti idameva ca ‘‘atthānaṃ sūcanato sutta’’nti vuttaṃ.
已對照篇首

又於經中,教令與自性法是隨順所化者的意樂的;而不像在律與阿毗達摩中那樣、[是]所化者的意樂[隨順]教令與自性法。所以,經之教說是導致諸所化者一向獲得利益的——[義注]故說「又此中[諸義]是善說的」等[語]。「產生」者:即結果。為闡明「由善護故」這[語]之義,[義注]說了「又它善護它們」。又應聯結[如下二義]:經於自利等的安立中是準量,以及經是自利等的攝集者——因為經以闡明那些義為主。又應聯結[經]與律、阿毗達摩的區別。「此」者:即「由指示諸義故」等義之語[偈]。「此[之]」者:即經的。

Sutte ca āṇādhammasabhāvā ca veneyyajjhāsayaṃ anuvattanti, na vinayābhidhammesu viya veneyyajjhāsayo āṇādhammasabhāve. Tasmā veneyyānaṃ ekantahitapaṭilābhasaṃvattanikā suttantadesanā hotīti ‘‘suvuttā cetthā’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Pasavatīti phalati. ‘‘Suttāṇā’’ti etassa atthaṃ pakāsetuṃ ‘‘suṭṭhu ca ne tāyatī’’ti vuttaṃ. Attatthādividhānesu ca suttassa pamāṇabhāvo, attatthādīnañca saṅgāhakattaṃ yojetabbaṃ tadatthappakāsanapadhānattā suttassa. Vinayābhidhammehi visesanañca yojetabbaṃ. Etanti ‘‘atthānaṃ sūcanato’’tiādikaṃ atthavacanaṃ. Etassāti suttassa.
PTS 1.34已對照篇首

「[我的諸苦受劇烈地]增進」者:此中 abhi 一語顯示行進之作用的增長之性、[即]超過之性;「被稱知、被標誌」者:此中[顯示]知與標[相]之作用的極顯著之殊勝;「以殊勝的[容色]」者:此中[顯示]容色的殊勝性、[即]卓越性——[如此解]是恰當的,因為前綴是作用的修飾者。而[設難:]「王中之王」、「阿毗律」中,abhi 一語是於受尊崇的與被限定的王與律[上]轉起的——這[說]如何成立呢?[答:]由於[abhi]顯示尊崇與限定之作用,又由於王與律是與那些作用相應的。因為此中,正如「超勝的花環(atimālā)」等中的 ati 一語一般,abhi 一語由於是連同成就[語]一併說作用的,[故]「王中之王」、「阿毗律」諸語[得以]成立;同樣,於「阿毗達摩」一語中,abhi 一語也是連同成就[語]一併顯示增長等之作用——應知[義注]所顯示的正是這個義。

Abhikkamantīti ettha abhi-saddo kamanakiriyāya vuddhibhāvaṃ atirekataṃ dīpeti, abhiññātā abhilakkhitāti ettha ñāṇalakkhaṇakiriyānaṃ supākaṭatāvisesaṃ, abhikkantenāti ettha kantiyā adhikattaṃ visiṭṭhatanti yuttaṃ kiriyāvisesakattā upasaggassa. Abhirājā abhivinayeti pana pūjitaparicchinnesu rājavinayesu abhi-saddo pavattatīti kathametaṃ yujjeyyāti? Pūjanaparicchedanakiriyādīpanato, tāhi ca kiriyāhi rājavinayānaṃ yuttattā. Ettha hi atimālādīsu ati-saddo viya, abhi-saddo yathā saha sādhanena kiriyaṃ vadatīti abhirājaabhivinaya-saddā siddhā, evaṃ abhidhammasadde abhi-saddo saha sādhanena vuḍḍhiyādikiriyaṃ dīpetīti ayamattho dassitoti daṭṭhabbo.
緬 1.28已對照篇首

[義注]依修習與遍滿之增長而說了具增長的諸法。「以所緣等」者:即以所緣、相應、業、門、道等。「不別異[而共通]的」者:即於彼此別異的律、經、阿毗達摩[三者]中不別異的、[即]共同的。義即「那『藏』一語」。「依已說的[方法]」者:即依「以這具二種義的[『藏』一語]」等所說的方法。

Bhāvanāpharaṇavuḍḍhīhi vuḍḍhimantopi dhammā vuttā. Ārammaṇādīhīti ārammaṇasampayuttakammadvārapaṭipadādīhi. Avisiṭṭhanti aññamaññavisiṭṭhesu vinayasuttābhidhammesu avisiṭṭhaṃ samānaṃ. Taṃ piṭakasaddanti attho. Yathāvuttenāti ‘‘evaṃ duvidhatthenā’’tiādinā vuttappakārena.
PTS 1.35已對照篇首

「教說」即以屬於說者的教令等方式,對所應講說之義的付與、[即]令覺悟。「教誡」即以屬於所應教誡之人的、隨[其]所犯等而應被教誡之性[而作]的教導、[即]調伏。「論」即對所應講說的律儀與勝律儀等之義的講說、[即]令[其]系屬於語。或者,由於於此中被講說,[故為]「論」。律儀與勝律儀之論[即]「律儀與勝律儀之論」。於其餘[二者]中也是此法。「差別」一語應各別地聯結:「應隨其所應闡明教說之差別、教誡之差別與論之差別」。又「差別」義即種種性。學與諸斷與甚深性[即]「學、斷與甚深性」——亦應闡明那[些]。此中「如何」者:即以求過(upārambha)、度脫、守護法庫為因的遍學,以及善行道、惡行道——[如是]以這些方式。由於堪施行教令,[故為]「堪施行教令者」——因為[世尊]是正等正覺者。由於言說與勝義[在律藏中]也實有,[故義注]說「多以教令[之方式]」。於此之後的[二者]中也是此法。「犯[戒]眾多的」者:即施耶薩迦(Seyyasaka)等。「意樂」就是「意向(āsaya)」,就義而言[即]見與智。又說了這[偈]——

Kathetabbānaṃ atthānaṃ desakāyattena āṇādividhinā atisajjanaṃ pabodhanaṃ desanā. Sāsitabbapuggalagatena yathāparādhādisāsitabbabhāvena anusāsanaṃ vinayanaṃ sāsanaṃ. Kathetabbassa saṃvarāsaṃvarādino atthassa kathanaṃ vacanapaṭibaddhatākaraṇaṃ kathā. Kathīyati vā etthāti kathā. Saṃvarāsaṃvarassa kathā saṃvarāsaṃvarakathā. Esa nayo itaresupi. Bheda-saddo visuṃ visuṃ yojetabbo ‘‘desanābhedaṃ sāsanabhedaṃ kathābhedañca yathārahaṃ paridīpaye’’ti. Bhedanti ca nānattanti attho. Sikkhā ca pahānāni ca gambhīrabhāvo ca sikkhāppahānagambhīrabhāvaṃ, tañca paridīpaye. Ettha yathāti upārambhanissaraṇadhammakosarakkhaṇahetupariyāpuṇanaṃ suppaṭipatti duppaṭipattīti etehi pakārehi. Āṇaṃ paṇetuṃ arahatīti āṇāraho sammāsambuddhattā. Vohāraparamatthānampi sabbhāvato āha āṇābāhullatoti. Ito paresupi eseva nayo. Pacurāparādhā seyyasakādayo. Ajjhāsayo āsayova atthato diṭṭhi, ñāṇañca. Vuttañcetaṃ –
已對照篇首

「常見與斷見,以及於隨順[法]中的認可[=隨順的認可];

‘‘Sassatucchedadiṭṭhi ca, khanti cevānulomike;
已對照篇首

又凡如實之智——這[便]被稱為『意向(āsaya)』。」(《清淨道論大復注》1.136)

Yathābhūtañca yaṃ ñāṇaṃ, etaṃ āsayasaddita’’nti. (visuddhi. ṭī. 1.136);
已對照篇首

「隨眠」者:即依欲貪、有貪、見、瞋、疑、慢、無明而[成]七種的未來諸煩惱;過去與現在的[諸煩惱]也同樣這樣說。因為諸法並無由時之差別而[成]的自性之差別。「性行」者:即六種根本性行;依中間之差別而有種種,依相雜而成六十三種。而那些[性行]已由我們在〈無痴隱沒經〉復注(asammohantaradhānasuttaṭīkā)中依分類而顯示了,有需要者應從那裡取。或者,「性行」即所行;那[所行]依善行與惡行而有二種。名為「勝解」者:即眾生依先前的熟習而[有]的愛好;它依劣與勝之差別而有二種。由於沒有對密集的辨析,[故]依見、慢、愛而[成]「我、我所」之想者。「勝律儀(asaṃvara)」即大的律儀。因為此 a 字是增長之義,猶如「無學(asekkha)諸法」(《法集論》11)[中之 a 字——彼處亦取「超出於學」之增上義]。

Anusayā kāmarāgabhavarāgadiṭṭhipaṭighavicikicchāmānāvijjāvasena satta anāgatā kilesā, atītā paccuppannā ca tatheva vuccanti. Na hi kālabhedena dhammānaṃ sabhāvabhedo atthīti. Cariyāti cha mūlacariyā, antarabhedena anekavidhā, saṃsaggavasena tesaṭṭhi honti. Te pana amhehi asammohantaradhānasuttaṭīkāyaṃ vibhāgato dassitā, atthikehi tato gahetabbā. Atha vā cariyāti caritaṃ, taṃ sucaritaduccaritavasena duvidhaṃ. Adhimutti nāma sattānaṃ pubbaparicayavasena abhiruci, sā duvidhā hīnapaṇītabhedena. Ghanavinibbhogābhāvato diṭṭhimānataṇhāvasena ‘‘ahaṃ mamā’’ti saññino. Mahanto saṃvaro asaṃvaro. Buddhiattho hi aya’makāro yathā ‘‘asekkhā dhammā’’ti (dha. sa. 11).
PTS 1.36緬 1.29已對照篇首

「而於這三[藏]中[都有]這些法、義、教說、通達」者:[設難:]此中,聖典之義、聖典之教說與對聖典之義的通達都是以聖典(tanti)為境的,所以律藏等作為義、教說、通達之依處是恰當的;然而諸藏正是聖典本身,[如此則]它們作為法之依處如何成立呢?[答:]由於聖典之集是支分聖典的依處。因為集對於支分是依處而被說的,猶如「樹上的枝」。又由於法等是難以深入的,所以由它們[而說]律等是甚深的——[義注]故說了律等的四種甚深性。所以不應如此詰難:「唯法等由於難以深入而是甚深的,律等[則]不[是]」——因為正是就律等[自身]的甚深性、[既]依正面[之門]、[又]依境與有境之門而說了[它]。因為律等[即是]法,它們的境即義,而教說與通達是以法與義為境的。此中,應知法與義的難以深入之性是由於通達[它們]之難為,教說的[難以深入之性]是由於教說之智之難為;而通達的難以深入性,[則]應知是由於[它]不能被[他人]生起,又由於以彼為境之智的生起之難為。

Tīsupi cetesu ete dhammatthadesanā paṭivedhāti ettha tantiattho tantidesanā tantiatthapaṭivedho ca tantivisayā hontīti vinayapiṭakādīnaṃ atthadesanāpaṭivedhādhārabhāvo yutto, piṭakāni pana tanti yevāti tesaṃ dhammādhārabhāvo kathaṃ yujjeyyāti? Tantisamudāyassa avayavatantiyā ādhārabhāvato. Avayavassa hi samudāyo ādhārabhāvena vuccati, yathā – ‘‘rukkhe sākhā’’ti. Dhammādīnañca dukkhogāhabhāvato tehi vinayādayo gambhīrāti vinayādīnañca catubbidho gambhīrabhāvo vutto. Tasmā dhammādayo eva dukkhogāhattā gambhīrā, na vinayādayoti na codetabbametaṃ samukhena, visayavisayīmukhena ca vinayādīnaṃyeva gambhīrabhāvassa vuttattā. Dhammo hi vinayādayo, tesaṃ visayo attho, dhammatthavisayā ca desanāpaṭivedhoti. Tattha paṭivedhassa dukkarabhāvato dhammatthānaṃ, desanāñāṇassa dukkarabhāvato desanāya ca dukkhogāhabhāvo veditabbo, paṭivedhassa pana uppādetuṃ asakkuṇeyyattā, tabbisayañāṇuppattiyā ca dukkarabhāvato dukkhogāhatā veditabbā.
已對照篇首

[設難:]以「於因之智[是]法無礙解」這一語,法之為因性如何可知呢?——由於[義注]是為顯示「法無礙解」這一複合詞的成分詞之義,才說了「於因之智」。因為在「於法[而有]無礙解(dhamme paṭisambhidā)」這[分析]中,[義注]為顯示「於法」這一[語]之義而說了「於因」,又為顯示「無礙解」這一[語]之義而說了「智」。所以,「因」與「法」二語同義,「智」與「無礙解」二語[亦同義]——由說這層義者,法之為因性便得成立;而義之為因之果性,也應正這樣看。

‘‘Hetumhi ñāṇaṃ dhammapaṭisambhidā’’ti etena vacanena dhammassa hetubhāvo kathaṃ ñātabboti? ‘‘Dhammapaṭisambhidā’’ti etassa samāsapadassa avayavapadatthaṃ dassentena ‘‘hetumhi ñāṇa’’nti vuttattā. ‘‘Dhamme paṭisambhidā’’ti ettha hi ‘‘dhamme’’ti etassa atthaṃ dassentena ‘‘hetumhī’’ti vuttaṃ, ‘‘paṭisambhidā’’ti etassa ca atthaṃ dassentena ‘‘ñāṇa’’nti. Tasmā hetudhamma-saddā ekatthā, ñāṇapaṭisambhidā-saddā cāti imamatthaṃ vadantena sādhito dhammassa hetubhāvo, atthassa hetuphalabhāvo ca evameva daṭṭhabbo.
PTS 1.37緬 1.30已對照篇首

而此中,「如其法(yathādhammaṃ)」中的「法」一語攝取因與因之果的一切。因為這[語]是說自性的,不是說教理[之性]與因性的;所以「如其法」者,義即凡是無明、行等之法,[便]於那一一[法]之中。或者,[與]法相隨順[即]「如其法」。因為教說也如通達一般,由於闡明不顛倒的自境,[故]隨順於法而轉起;由此[它]被稱為「不顛倒之稱說」。 「[作]法之稱說(dhammābhilāpa)」者:即顯明義的、不顛倒的稱說。以此[語,義注]顯示「於那法之詞說之稱說上的智[是]詞無礙解」(《分別論》718)此處所說的自性法之詞說(nirutti),因為教說以聲為自性。正是如此,詞無礙解的小所緣等之性已在《無礙解分別》的聖典中(《分別論》749)說了;而義注中也以「以那自性之語的聲為所緣」等語(《分別論義注》642)顯示了[它]以聲為所緣之性。因為確立了「這聲是這義的能詮」這一能說與所說之後,依闡明那各各所說而令轉起的聲[即]「教說」。 以「或[即]依順等之力而作的講說」這[語],[義注]顯示那法之詞說的稱說、講說[即]那語之令轉起。 以「意趣」這[語],[義注]顯示:「『教說』即施設」這一語是就法之詞說之稱說而說的,不是就離於那[稱說]的施設而說的。

Yathādhammanti cettha dhamma-saddo hetuṃ hetuphalañca sabbaṃ saṅgaṇhāti. Sabhāvavācako hesa, na pariyattihetubhāvavācako, tasmā yathādhammanti yo yo avijjāsaṅkhārādidhammo, tasmiṃ tasminti attho. Dhammānurūpaṃ vā yathādhammaṃ. Desanāpi hi paṭivedho viya aviparītasavisayavibhāvanato dhammānurūpaṃ pavattati, yato ‘aviparītābhilāpo’ti vuccati. Dhammābhilāpoti atthabyañjanako aviparītābhilāpo, etena ‘‘tatra dhammaniruttābhilāpe ñāṇaṃ niruttipaṭisambhidā’’ti (vibha. 718) ettha vuttaṃ sabhāvadhammaniruttiṃ dasseti, saddasabhāvattā desanāya. Tathā hi niruttipaṭisambhidāya parittārammaṇādibhāvo paṭisambhidāvibhaṅgapāḷiyaṃ (vibha. 749) vutto. Aṭṭhakathāyañca ‘‘taṃ sabhāvaniruttiṃ saddaṃ ārammaṇaṃ katvā’’tiādinā (vibha. aṭṭha. 642) saddārammaṇatā dassitā. ‘‘Imassa atthassa ayaṃ saddo vācako’’ti vacanavacanīye vavatthapetvā taṃtaṃvacanīya vibhāvanavasena pavattito hi saddo desanāti. ‘‘Anulomādivasena vā kathana’’nti etena tassā dhammaniruttiyā abhilāpaṃ kathanaṃ tassa vacanassa pavattanaṃ dasseti. ‘‘Adhippāyo’’ti etena ‘‘desanāti paññattī’’ti etaṃ vacanaṃ dhammaniruttābhilāpaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ, na tabbinimuttaṃ paññattiṃ sandhāyāti dasseti.
PTS 1.38已對照篇首

[設難:]豈不是在「『法』即聖典(tanti)」這一分下,由於法以聲為自性,法與教說便無有差別了嗎?——不[然]。由於是各各義之能覺者而被了知的、又依領受等之力而先前已確立的聲之相續[即]「法」;後來為使他人覺了而令轉起的、開顯那[法]之義的聲[即]「教說」。 或者,如上所說之聲的令生起者[即]心生起,[那便]是教說,猶如妄語等[一般]。而「[即]那語之令轉起」也依如上所說的心生起而得成立。因為它使語轉起,而那[語]也由它而被令轉起、被教說。 為以「凡以何種方式而現觀」「所現觀者為何」「其自性為何」[這三者]使以「而它[有]世間與出世間[二種]」如是所說的現觀明白,[義注]才說了「依境與依無痴——[是]於諸法中隨順於義」等語。因為此中,依境而於諸法等中隨順於義等的覺了,[即]以無明等之法、行等之義、及此二者之施設為所緣的世間現觀;依無痴而於諸法等中隨順於義等的覺了,[即]以涅槃為所緣、與道相應的、摧毀對如上所說的法、義、施設[之]迷惑的出世間現觀。 為顯示除現觀之外另一種通達之義,[義注]才說了「或者,[通達]即對那各各[處所說的各各諸法]」等語。因為依「通達之作即通達」這一語義[而言即]是現觀;而依「被通達故為通達」[這一語義],那各各色等法的不顛倒自性也被稱為「通達」。

Nanu ca ‘‘dhammo tantī’’ti imasmiṃ pakkhe dhammassa saddasabhāvattā dhammadesanānaṃ viseso na siyāti? Na, tesaṃ tesaṃ atthānaṃ bodhakabhāvena ñāto, uggahaṇādivasena ca pubbe vavatthāpito saddappabandho dhammo, pacchā paresaṃ avabodhanatthaṃ pavattito tadatthappakāsako saddo desanāti. Atha vā yathāvuttasaddasamuṭṭhāpako cittuppādo desanā, musāvādādayo viya. ‘‘Vacanassa pavattana’’nti ca yathāvuttacittuppādavasena yujjati. So hi vacanaṃ pavatteti, tañca tena pavattīyati desīyati. ‘‘So ca lokiyalokuttaro’’ti evaṃ vuttaṃ abhisamayaṃ yena pakārena abhisameti, yaṃ abhisameti, yo ca tassa sabhāvo, tehi pākaṭaṃ kātuṃ ‘‘visayato asammohato ca atthānurūpaṃ dhammesū’’tiādimāha. Tattha hi visayato atthādianurūpaṃ dhammādīsu avabodho avijjādidhammasaṅkhārādiatthatadubhayapaññāpanārammaṇo lokiyo abhisamayo, asammohato atthādianurūpaṃ dhammādīsu avabodho nibbānārammaṇo maggasampayutto yathāvuttadhammatthapaññattīsu sammohaviddhaṃsano lokuttaro abhisamayoti. Abhisamayato aññampi paṭivedhatthaṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘tesaṃ tesaṃ vā’’tiādimāha. ‘Paṭivedhanaṃ paṭivedho’ti iminā hi vacanatthena abhisamayo, ‘paṭivijjhīyatīti paṭivedho’ti iminā taṃtaṃrūpādidhammānaṃ aviparītasabhāvo ca ‘‘paṭivedho’’ti vuccatīti.
緬 1.31已對照篇首

為以如上所說的法等[四者]顯示諸藏的甚深性,[義注]說了「如今,由於在這些藏中」等語。 「以及此中(yo cettha)」者:應[這樣]連作——於這各各藏中所有的法等之中凡有的通達,以及於這些藏中那些那些法所有的不顛倒自性。 而難以深入之性應知正是:由於無明、行等之法與義難通達;由於令它們被知是難作的,[而言]那[法義]之教說;由於稱為通達之作的通達,其令生起與令成境是不可能[辦到]的;又由於稱為不顛倒自性的通達難以了知。

Yathāvuttehi dhammādīhi piṭakānaṃ gambhīrabhāvaṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘idāni yasmā etesu piṭakesū’’tiādimāha. Yo cetthāti etesu taṃtaṃpiṭakagatesu dhammādīsu yo paṭivedho, etesu ca piṭakesu tesaṃ tesaṃ dhammānaṃ yo aviparītasabhāvoti yojetabbaṃ. Dukkhogāhatā ca avijjāsaṅkhārādīnaṃ dhammatthānaṃ duppaṭivijjhatāya, tesaṃ paññāpanassa dukkarabhāvato taṃdesanāya, paṭivedhanasaṅkhātassa paṭivedhassa uppādanavisayikaraṇānaṃ asakkuṇeyyattā, aviparītasabhāvasaṅkhātassa paṭivedhassa duviññeyyatāya eva veditabbā.
PTS 1.39已對照篇首

「就它(yaṃ)」者:[義注]是就那教理之惡把持而說的。「義(atthaṃ)」者:即所說之義與所為之義。「不詳察(na upaparikkhanti)」者:即不思擇。「不堪於諦觀(na nijjhānaṃ khamanti)」者:即不堪於諦觀之慧;意趣是不經諦觀、以慧見了、認可而受持。「如是(iti)」者:即如是以這教理。「以脫免他說為利益」——[他們]以脫免他人加於自己之上的論難為效用而學法;「脫免他說」或[即]脫免譏嫌。「而他們為之(yassa catthāya)」者:即為圓滿戒等,或為無取著之解脫(anupādāvimokkha)之義而學法——意趣是依正理而學。「其(assa)」者:即這法的。「不領受(nānubhonti)」者:即不得著。他們那些法由於被惡把持,[故]由成為求過(upārambha)、慢(māna)、傲(dappa)、覆蔑(makkha)、攀齊(paḷāsa)等之因,而「長夜導致不利與苦」。 「於庫藏中任職者」[即]「庫藏者(bhaṇḍāgārika)」;「如庫藏者一般」[故亦]為「庫藏者」,[即]守護法寶者。「不顧其餘之義,唯作為庫藏者本身[而有]的教理」[即]「庫藏者之教理」。

Yanti yaṃ pariyattiduggahaṇaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. Atthanti bhāsitatthaṃ, payojanatthañca. Na upaparikkhantīti na vicārenti. Na nijjhānaṃ khamantīti nijjhānapaññaṃ nakkhamanti, nijjhāyitvā paññāya disvā rocetvā gahetabbā na hontīti adhippāyo. Itīti evaṃ etāya pariyattiyā. Vādappamokkhānisaṃsā attano upari parehi āropitavādassa niggahassa pamokkhappayojanā hutvā dhammaṃ pariyāpuṇanti, vādappamokkhā vā nindāpamokkhā. Yassa catthāyāti yassa ca sīlādipūraṇassa anupādāvimokkhassa vā atthāya dhammaṃ pariyāpuṇanti ñāyena pariyāpuṇantīti adhippāyo. Assāti assa dhammassa. Nānubhontīti na vindanti. Tesaṃ te dhammā duggahitattā upārambhamānadabbamakkhapalāsādihetubhāvena dīgharattaṃ ahitāya dukkhāya saṃvattanti. Bhaṇḍāgāre niyutto bhaṇḍāgāriko, bhaṇḍāgāriko viya bhaṇḍāgāriko, dhammaratanānupālako. Aññatthaṃ anapekkhitvā bhaṇḍāgārikasseva sato pariyatti bhaṇḍāgārikapariyatti.
已對照篇首

「唯是那[三明]的(tāsaṃyeva)」這一限定[之語],[義注]是就所應獲得的六神通、四無礙解等於律中並無分類之宣說而說的。因為於〈毗蘭若品〉中(《波羅夷》12)唯分別了三明。 而在第二[藏]中,「唯是那[六神通]的」這一限定[之語]是顧及四無礙解而作的,不是[顧及]三明;因為那[三明]含攝於六神通之中,故於經中[已]被分別了。

‘‘Tāsaṃyevā’’ti avadhāraṇaṃ pāpuṇitabbānaṃ chaḷabhiññācatuppaṭisambhidādīnaṃ vinaye pabhedavacanābhāvaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. Verañjakaṇḍe (pārā. 12) hi tisso vijjāva vibhattā. Dutiye pana ‘‘tāsaṃyevā’’ti avadhāraṇaṃ catasso paṭisambhidā apekkhitvā kataṃ, na tisso vijjā. Tā hi chasu abhiññāsu antogadhāti sutte vibhattā yevāti.
PTS 1.40已對照篇首

「便作惡把持」——[即]以「我如是了知世尊所說之法:正是這同一個識在流轉、在輪迴,而非另一個」等[語](《中部》1.396)。 「法之思察(dhammacintaṃ)」者:即對法之自性的審察,[如]「唯以心生起本身[便]有布施」「心自己即是自己的所緣」「一切心[皆]以非自性法為所緣」等等。 「它們的(tesaṃ)」者:即那些藏的。

Duggahitaṃ gaṇhāti, ‘‘tathāhaṃ bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmi, yathā tadevidaṃ viññāṇaṃ sandhāvati saṃsarati anañña’’ntiādinā (ma. ni. 1.396). Dhammacintanti dhammasabhāvavicāraṇaṃ, ‘‘cittuppādamatteneva dānaṃ hoti, sayameva cittaṃ attano ārammaṇaṃ hoti, sabbaṃ cittaṃ asabhāvadhammārammaṇa’’nti ca evamādi. Tesanti tesaṃ piṭakānaṃ.
緬 1.32已對照篇首

「這(etaṃ)」者:即這佛語。由於隨順於義,[故為]「隨順[於義]者」。為闡明[它]正是隨順[於義]之性,[義注]才說了「而[這部]為何」等語。「任何一部(ekanikāyampi)」者:即任何一個聚集。布尼迦與支佉利迦[二者]是剎帝利,他們的住處[即]「布尼迦部」與「支佉利迦部」。

Etanti etaṃ buddhavacanaṃ. Atthānulomato anulomiko. Anulomikataṃyeva vibhāvetuṃ ‘‘kasmā panā’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Ekanikāyampīti ekasamūhampi. Poṇikā cikkhallikā ca khattiyā, tesaṃ nivāso poṇikanikāyo cikkhallikanikāyo ca.
已對照篇首

「九分(navappabhedaṃ)」——此中,如何[是]九分呢?因為有偈的經[是]應頌,無偈的經[是]記說;而脫離此二者、又不具「自說」等別名的經是不存在的——那本該成為「經」支的[是什麼]呢?並且《吉祥經》等(《小誦》5.2;《經集》225)由於[是]偈之性,便不該被經支所攝,如《法句》等之例;或該被應頌支所攝,由於[是]有偈之性,如《有偈品》之例;同樣,《兩部分別》等中有偈的部分[也當如此]。——答曰:

Navappabhedanti ettha kathaṃ navappabhedaṃ? Sagāthakañhi suttaṃ geyyaṃ, niggāthakañca suttaṃ veyyākaraṇaṃ, tadubhayavinimuttañca suttaṃ udānādivisesasaññārahitaṃ natthi, yaṃ suttaṅgaṃ siyā, maṅgalasuttādīnañca (khu. pā. 5.2; su. ni. 225) suttaṅgasaṅgaho na siyā, gāthābhāvato, dhammapadādīnaṃ viya, geyyaṅgasaṅgaho vā siyā, sagāthakattā, sagāthavaggassa viya, tathā ubhatovibhaṅgādīsu sagāthakappadesānanti? Vuccate –
已對照篇首

「『經』是通規, 其餘是別規;

‘‘Suttanti sāmaññavidhi, visesavidhayo pare;
已對照篇首

[以]有因相故、以已成通稱故、 以與他俱故、以不由他故。」(《要義燈復注》1.〈第一次大結集論釋義〉)

Sanimittā niruḷhattā sahatāññena nāññato’’. (sārattha. ṭī. 1.paṭhamamahāsaṅgītikathāvaṇṇanā);
已對照篇首

因為於一切佛語「經」這[名]是通規。正因如此,具壽大迦旃延在《導論》中說「九分的經之尋求」(《導論·攝集欄》)。而「世尊的[教語]有這麼多是經所攝、經所屬(《波逸提》255、1242),於自宗有五百經」(《法集論義注·因緣論》;《論事義注·因緣論》)等[語],也是成立這層義的[依據]。

Sabbassāpi hi buddhavacanassa suttanti ayaṃ sāmaññavidhi. Tenevāha āyasmā mahākaccāno nettiyaṃ – ‘‘navavidhasuttantapariyeṭṭhī’’ti (netti. saṅgahavāra). ‘‘Ettakaṃ tassa bhagavato suttāgataṃ suttapariyāpannaṃ (pāci. 255, 1242), sakavāde pañcasuttasatānī’’ti (dha. sa. aṭṭha. nidānakathā; kathā. aṭṭha. nidānakathā) evamādi ca etassa atthassa sādhakaṃ.
PTS 1.41緬 1.33已對照篇首

「其餘是別規、[以]有因相故」——[即]在它的一分一分上,應頌等別規是依這個那個因相而立的。因為應頌的有偈之性正是它[得名]的因相;因為世間也把有詩頌、有偈的(《導論義注》13)散文之典稱為「應頌」。而在無偈時,作問[而]答之性[便]是記說[得名]的因相;因為問答稱為「解說(byākaraṇa)」,解說本身即「記說(veyyākaraṇa)」。 [設難:]若如此,則有偈等[經]中以作問而答的方式轉起的[經],豈不也成了記說?——不成。因為「應頌」等名[於此]無有餘地,並且[前文]已以「在無偈時」而作了限定。因為正是這樣:於《法句》等純偈所成[之經]中、於縱有偈而與喜悅智所成之偈相應[之經]中、於與「此是[世尊]所說」等語相連屬[之經]中、以及於與未曾有法相應的諸別經中,「偈頌」「自說」「如是語」「未曾有法」之名依次而立;同樣,縱有偈所成之性,於顯明世尊過去諸生中行[持]之威力的[諸經]中「本生」之名[便]立;縱有問答之性與有偈之性,於某些經中由得智(veda)而「智解」之名[便]立——如是,依這個那個有偈之性等因相,於那些那些別經中應頌等之名得立,故應頌等別規是經支之外的其餘[諸支]。而此中凡無應頌支等因相的,那便是「經」支,因為[它]是舍別名而以通名轉起的。 [設難:]「有偈的經是應頌,無偈的經是記說,[則]經支不得成立」這一詰責,豈不仍在原處?——不在原處,因為已被淨治了;因為前面已淨治:「在無偈時,作問而答之性[便]是記說[得名]的因相」。

Visesavidhayo pare sanimittā tadekadesesu geyyādayo visesavidhayo tena tena nimittena patiṭṭhitā. Tathā hi geyyassa sagāthakattaṃ tabbhāvanimittaṃ. Lokepi hi sasilokaṃ sagāthakaṃ (netti. aṭṭha. 13) cuṇṇiyaganthaṃ ‘geyya’nti vadanti. Gāthāvirahe pana sati pucchaṃ katvā vissajjanabhāvo veyyākaraṇassa tabbhāvanimittaṃ. Pucchāvissajjanañhi ‘byākaraṇa’nti vuccati, byākaraṇameva veyyākaraṇaṃ. Evaṃ sante sagāthakādīnampi pucchaṃ katvā vissajjanavasena pavattānaṃ veyyākaraṇabhāvo āpajjatīti? Nāpajjati, geyyādisaññānaṃ anokāsabhāvato, ‘gāthāvirahe satī’ti visesitattā ca. Tathā hi dhammapadādīsu kevalaṃ gāthābandhesu, sagāthakattepi somanassañāṇamayikagāthāyuttesu, ‘vuttañheta’ntiādivacanasambandhesu, abbhutadhammapaṭisaṃyuttesu ca suttavisesesu yathākkamaṃ gāthāudānaitivuttakaabbhutadhammasaññā patiṭṭhitā, tathā satipi gāthābandhabhāve bhagavato atītāsu jātīsu cariyānubhāvappakāsakesu jātakasaññā, satipi pañhāvissajjanabhāve, sagāthakatte ca kesuci suttantesu vedassa labhāpanato vedallasaññā patiṭṭhitāti evaṃ tena tena sagāthakattādinā nimittena tesu tesu suttavisesesu geyyādisaññā patiṭṭhitāti visesavidhayo suttaṅgato pare geyyādayo. Yaṃ panettha geyyaṅgādinimittarahitaṃ, taṃ suttaṅgaṃ visesasaññāparihārena sāmaññasaññāya pavattanatoti. Nanu ca sagāthakaṃ suttaṃ geyyaṃ, niggāthakaṃ suttaṃ veyyākaraṇanti suttaṅgaṃ na sambhavatīti codanā tadavatthā vāti? Na tadavatthā, sodhitattā. Sodhitañhi pubbe gāthāvirahe sati pucchāvissajjanabhāvo veyyākaraṇassa tabbhāvanimittanti.
PTS 1.42已對照篇首

而所說的「《吉祥經》等(《小誦》5.1、2、3)由於[是]偈之性便不該被經支所攝」——那不[然],因為已成通稱。因為《吉祥經》等的「經」之性已成通稱;因為它們並不像《法句》《佛種姓》等那樣以偈之性而被知,而正是以經之性[被知]。正因如此,義注中才作了「以經為名的」這一名稱的取用。 而所說的「由於[是]有偈之性便該被應頌支所攝」——那也不[然],因為與他俱。因為「與諸偈俱」故為「有偈的」;而所謂「俱」之性依義[必]是與他[物],而在《吉祥經》等中並沒有哪一處脫離偈的經分可被稱為「與諸偈俱」,也沒有什麼所謂的聚合體。而所說的「《兩部分別》等中有偈的部分該被應頌支所攝」——那也不[然],因為不由他;因為那些偈另有所屬,[它們]屬於本生等所攝,所以不能由它們而使《兩部分別》等有應頌支之性。如是應知經等諸支彼此並無相混。

Yañca vuttaṃ – ‘‘gāthābhāvato maṅgalasuttādīnaṃ (khu. pā. 5.1, 2, 3) suttaṅgasaṅgaho na siyā’’ti, taṃ na, niruḷhattā. Niruḷho hi maṅgalasuttādīnaṃ suttabhāvo. Na hi tāni dhammapadabuddhavaṃsādayo viya gāthābhāvena paññātāni, atha kho suttabhāvena. Teneva hi aṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘‘suttanāmaka’’nti nāmaggahaṇaṃ kataṃ. Yañca pana vuttaṃ – ‘‘sagāthakattā geyyaṅgasaṅgaho siyā’’ti, tadapi natthi, yasmā sahatāññena. Saha gāthāhīti hi sagāthakaṃ. Sahabhāvo nāma atthato aññena hoti, na ca maṅgalasuttādīsu kathāvinimutto koci suttapadeso atthi, yo ‘saha gāthāhī’ti vucceyya, na ca samudāyo nāma koci atthi, yadapi vuttaṃ – ‘‘ubhatovibhaṅgādīsu sagāthakappadesānaṃ geyyaṅgasaṅgaho siyā’’ti tadapi na, aññato. Aññā eva hi tā gāthā jātakādipariyāpannattā. Ato na tāhi ubhatovibhaṅgādīnaṃ geyyaṅgabhāvoti. Evaṃ suttādīnaṃ aṅgānaṃ aññamaññasaṅkarābhāvo veditabbo.
已對照篇首

[義注]以「如是,這依不分別」等語顯示:由以「這是法……乃至……這是律,這些是八萬四千法蘊」[之語]確立佛語為法與律等之差別而結集[它]的、以大迦葉為首的得自在者(vasī)之眾,以那為許多稀有[之事]的顯現所莊嚴的結集,確立了這《長部》的初、中佛語等之性。

‘‘Ayaṃ dhammo…pe… ayaṃ vinayo, imāni caturāsīti dhammakkhandhasahassānī’’ti buddhavacanaṃ dhammavinayādibhedena vavatthapetvā saṅgāyantena mahākassapappamukhena vasigaṇena anekacchariyapātubhāvapaṭimaṇḍitāya saṅgītiyā imassa dīghāgamassa paṭhamamajjhimabuddhavacanādibhāvo vavatthāpitoti dasseti, ‘‘evametaṃ abhedato’’tiādinā.
已對照篇首

〈因緣論〉釋義,終。

Nidānakathāvaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.